]> git.proxmox.com Git - systemd.git/blob - NEWS
New upstream version 249~rc1
[systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 249 in spe:
4
5 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
6 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), and multiple
7 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
8 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
9 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
10 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
11 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
12 a matching version identifier.
13
14 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
15 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
16 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
17 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
18 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
19 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
20 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
21 during first boot. Example:
22
23 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
24
25 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
26 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
27 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
28 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
29 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
30
31 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
32 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
33 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
34 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
35 /etc/).
36
37 * Services gained a new ExitType= setting which can configure how to
38 determine when a service exited: the default is "main" which defines
39 the runtime by the service's main process lifetime (this matches the
40 only behaviour implemented in v248 and before), but with "cgroup" the
41 runtime is defined by the existence of any process in the service's
42 cgroup.
43
44 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
45 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
46 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
47 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
48 systemd-sysusers tools.
49
50 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
51 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
52 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
53 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
54 itself.
55
56 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
57 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
58 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
59 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
60 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
61 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
62 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
63 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
64 on its creation, so that the resulting image can mounted immediately,
65 even in read-only mode.
66
67 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
68 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
69 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
70 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
71 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
72
73 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
74 Flags= and a ReadOnly= setting, allowing control of the GPT partition
75 flags for the created partitions: this is useful for marking newly
76 created partitions as read-only from the start.
77
78 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
79 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
80 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
81 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
82 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
83 specifiers.
84
85 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
86 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
87 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
88 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
89
90 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
91 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
92 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
93 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
94 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
95 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
96 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
97 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
98 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
99 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
100 information, see:
101
102 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
103
104 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
105 (IEEE 1394).
106
107 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
108 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
109 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
110
111 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
112 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
113 the udev device first appeared in the database.
114
115 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
116 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
117 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
118 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
119 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
120 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
121 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
122 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
123 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
124 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
125 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
126 uevent.
127
128 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
129 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
130 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
131 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
132 index.
133
134 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
135 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
136 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
137 since a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
138 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
139 for that official:
140
141 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
142
143 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
144 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
145 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
146 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
147 services into them.
148
149 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
150 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
151 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
152 available on private domains.
153
154 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
155
156 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
157 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
158 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
159
160 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
161 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
162 connectivity.
163
164 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
165 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
166 consider an interface "online".
167
168 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
169 information.
170
171 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
172 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
173
174 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
175 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
176
177 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
178 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
179 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
180 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
181
182 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
183 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
184 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
185 before.
186
187 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
188 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
189 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
190 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
191
192 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
193 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
194 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
195
196 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
197 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
198 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
199 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
200 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
201 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
202 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
203
204 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
205 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
206 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
207 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
208 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
209 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
210 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
211 compatibility.)
212
213 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
214 files.
215
216 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
217 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
218 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
219 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
220
221 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
222 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
223 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
224 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
225 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
226 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
227
228 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
229 GPT partition flag "growsfs" defined for its partition types.
230 Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically mounted
231 (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch of
232 systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
233 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
234 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
235 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
236 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
237 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
238 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
239 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
240 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
241 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
242 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
243
244 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
245
246 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
247 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
248 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
249 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
250 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
251 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
252 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
253
254 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
255 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
256 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
257 via BPF.
258
259 * A new ConditionFirmware= condition type has been added to unit files.
260 It may be used to detect certain firmware features. At the moment it
261 may check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or
262 if the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
263
264 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
265 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
266 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
267 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
268 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
269 program code that can consume JSON.
270
271 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
272 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
273
274 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
275 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
276 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
277 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
278 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
279 continue to be supported for compatibility.
280
281 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
282 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
283
284 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
285 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
286 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
287 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
288 level.
289
290 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
291 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
292 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
293 Type 1 boot loader entries.
294
295 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
296 may be specified now.
297
298 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
299 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
300 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
301 an interactive user is generally not present.
302
303 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
304 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
305 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
306 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
307 asterisks.)
308
309 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
310 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
311 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
312 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
313 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
314 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
315 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
316 used FIDO2 token.
317
318 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
319 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
320 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
321 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
322 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
323 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
324 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
325
326 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
327 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
328 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
329 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
330 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
331 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
332 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
333 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
334 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
335 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
336 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
337 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
338 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
339 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
340 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
341 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
342 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
343 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
344 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
345 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
346 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
347 privileges on the host).
348
349 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
350 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
351 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
352
353 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
354 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
355 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
356 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
357 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
358 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
359 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
360 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
361 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
362
363 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
364 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
365 user database lookups.
366
367 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
368 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
369 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
370 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
371 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
372 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
373 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
374 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
375 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
376 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
377 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
378 is trivially simple.
379
380 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
381 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
382 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
383 Journal records.
384
385 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
386 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
387 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
388 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
389 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
390 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
391 units that are members of a slice.
392
393 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
394 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
395 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
396 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
397
398 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
399 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
400 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
401 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
402 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
403 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
404
405 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
406 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
407 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
408 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
409 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
410 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
411 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
412 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
413 another unit that intends to uphold it.
414
415 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
416 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
417
418 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
419 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
420 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
421
422 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
423 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
424 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
425 characters literally.
426
427 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
428 the systemd source code tree:
429
430 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
431
432 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
433 the initrd.
434
435 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
436 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
437 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
438
439 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
440 or the slice(s) it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
441 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
442 unit can claim before hitting the limit(s).
443
444 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
445 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
446 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
447 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
448 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
449 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
450 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
451 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
452
453 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
454 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
455
456 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
457 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
458 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
459 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
460
461 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
462 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
463 generation.
464
465 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
466 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
467 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
468
469 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
470 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
471
472 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
473 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
474 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
475
476 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
477 setting a network timeout time.
478
479 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Alexander Sverdlin,
480 alexlzhu, Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anita Zhang, asavah,
481 Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin, borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx,
482 Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer,
483 Dan Streetman, David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat,
484 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
485 Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais, Frantisek Sumsal,
486 Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hans de Goede, Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain,
487 Igor Zhbanov, imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen,
488 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban,
489 Jérôme Carretero, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
490 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Julia Kartseva,
491 Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, Lennart Poettering,
492 LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Magasweran,
493 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard, Masahiro Matsuya,
494 Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
495 Mike Kazantsev, Milan, Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis,
496 nl6720, Noah Meyerhans, Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina,
497 Perry.Yuan, Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow,
498 Phaedrus Leeds, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff, Ryan Hendrickson,
499 Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt, Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev,
500 Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon, Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik,
501 Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani, sverdlin, syyhao1994,
502 Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay, Uwe Kleine-König,
503 Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux, Vito Caputo,
504 William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev, Yi Gao,
505 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
506
507 — Berlin, 2021-06-15
508
509 CHANGES WITH 248:
510
511 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
512 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
513 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
514 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
515 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
516 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
517
518 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
519 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
520 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
521
522 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
523 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
524 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
525
526 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
527 supported system extension level.
528
529 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
530 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
531 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
532 constraints.
533
534 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
535 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
536 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
537
538 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
539 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
540 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
541 similar to /etc/crypttab.
542
543 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
544 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
545
546 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
547 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
548 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
549 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
550 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
551
552 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
553 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
554 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
555 user.
556
557 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
558 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
559 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
560 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
561 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
562 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
563 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
564 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
565
566 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
567 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
568 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
569 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
570 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
571
572 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
573 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
574 D-Bus properties.
575
576 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
577 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
578 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
579 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
580 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
581 shows this in the status output.
582
583 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
584 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
585 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
586 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
587 the need for configuration in an external file.
588
589 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
590 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
591 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
592
593 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
594 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
595 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
596
597 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
598 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
599 them. See:
600
601 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
602
603 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
604
605 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
606 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
607 dependency.
608
609 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
610 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
611 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
612
613 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
614 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
615 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
616 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
617 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
618 output and such.
619
620 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
621 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
622
623 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
624 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
625
626 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
627 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
628 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
629 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
630
631 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
632 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
633 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
634 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
635
636 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
637 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
638 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
639
640 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
641 IPC namespace.
642
643 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
644 generated from kernel lists exported on
645 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
646
647 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
648 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
649 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
650
651 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
652 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
653 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
654 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
655
656 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
657 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
658 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
659
660 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
661 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
662 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
663 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
664
665 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
666 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
667
668 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
669 noexec for parts of the file system.
670
671 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
672 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
673 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
674 systemctl and similar tools:
675
676 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
677
678 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
679 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
680 the host itself is connected to
681
682 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
683
684 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
685 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
686 parameter: the message to send.
687
688 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
689 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
690 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
691
692 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
693 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
694
695 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
696 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
697
698 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
699 queue to be configured.
700
701 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
702 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
703 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
704
705 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
706 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
707 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
708 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
709 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
710 .network files.
711
712 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
713 switch to select the routing policy table.
714
715 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
716 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
717
718 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
719 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
720 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
721 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
722 added.
723
724 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
725 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
726
727 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
728 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
729
730 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
731 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
732 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
733 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
734
735 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
736 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
737 devices.
738
739 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
740 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
741 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
742
743 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
744 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
745 even a single device.
746
747 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
748 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
749 systems.
750
751 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
752 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
753
754 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
755 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
756 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
757 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
758 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
759
760 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
761 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
762
763 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
764 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
765 libfprint.
766
767 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
768 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
769 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
770 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
771 the upstream server.
772
773 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
774 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
775 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
776 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
777 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
778 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
779 anyway.
780
781 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
782 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
783 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
784
785 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
786 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
787 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
788 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
789 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
790 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
791 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
792 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
793 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
794 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
795 lookup.
796
797 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
798 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
799 capabilities passed to the container payload.
800
801 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
802 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
803 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
804 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
805 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
806 IPv4-only).
807
808 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
809 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
810 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
811
812 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
813 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
814
815 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
816 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
817 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
818 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
819 units.
820
821 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
822 backwards-compatiblity promises apply). Swap is not required for
823 operation, but it is still recommended.
824
825 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
826 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
827
828 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
829 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
830
831 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
832 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
833 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
834
835 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
836 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
837 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
838
839 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
840 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
841 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
842 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
843 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
844 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
845 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
846 imported into the manager environment block.
847
848 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
849 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
850 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
851
852 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
853 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
854 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
855 reloaded "↻".
856
857 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
858 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
859 a simple JSON format.
860
861 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
862 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
863 process signals and their numbers.
864
865 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
866
867 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
868 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
869
870 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
871 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
872 colors are used in output.
873
874 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
875 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
876 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
877 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
878 disable this output again.
879
880 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
881 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
882 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
883 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
884
885 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
886 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
887 recommended.
888
889 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
890 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
891 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
892 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
893 the keymap file first.
894
895 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
896
897 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
898 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
899 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
900
901 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
902 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
903 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
904 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
905
906 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
907 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
908 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
909 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
910 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
911 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
912
913 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
914 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
915 headers/legends.
916
917 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
918 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
919 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
920 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
921 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
922 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
923 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
924 operations at a later step at once.
925
926 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
927 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
928 to regular strings.
929
930 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
931 and measured the boot process into it.
932
933 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
934 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
935 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
936 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
937
938 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
939 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
940 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
941 it assigns the container a cgroup.
942
943 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
944 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
945
946 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
947 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
948
949 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
950 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
951 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
952 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
953 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
954 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
955 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
956 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
957 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
958 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
959 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
960 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
961 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
962 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
963 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
964 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
965 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
966 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
967 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
968 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
969 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
970 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
971 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
972 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
973 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
974 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
975 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
976 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
977 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
978 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
979 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
980 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
981 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
982 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
983 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
984 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
985 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
986
987 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
988
989 CHANGES WITH 247:
990
991 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
992 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
993 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
994 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
995 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
996 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
997 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
998 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
999 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
1000 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
1001 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
1002 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
1003 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
1004 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
1005 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
1006
1007 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
1008 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
1009 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
1010 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
1011 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
1012 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
1013 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
1014 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
1015 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
1016 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
1017 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
1018 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
1019 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
1020 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
1021 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
1022
1023 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
1024 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
1025 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
1026 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
1027 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
1028 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
1029 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
1030 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
1031 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
1032 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
1033
1034 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
1035 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
1036 handle the new events. Specifically:
1037
1038 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
1039 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
1040 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
1041 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
1042 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
1043 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
1044 generated, for all other device types this change is still
1045 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
1046 future kernel uevent type additions).
1047
1048 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
1049 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
1050 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
1051 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
1052 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
1053 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
1054 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
1055 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
1056 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
1057 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
1058 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
1059 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
1060
1061 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
1062 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
1063 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
1064 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
1065 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
1066 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
1067 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
1068 above).
1069
1070 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
1071 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
1072 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
1073 behaviour change.
1074
1075 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
1076 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
1077 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
1078 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
1079 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
1080 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
1081 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
1082 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
1083 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
1084 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
1085 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
1086 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
1087 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
1088 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
1089 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
1090 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
1091 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
1092 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
1093 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
1094 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
1095 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
1096 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
1097 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
1098 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
1099 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
1100 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
1101
1102 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
1103 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
1104 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
1105 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
1106 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
1107
1108 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
1109 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
1110 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
1111 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
1112 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
1113 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
1114 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
1115 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
1116 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
1117 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
1118 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
1119 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
1120 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
1121
1122 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
1123 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
1124 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
1125 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
1126 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
1127 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
1128 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
1129 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
1130 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
1131 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
1132 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
1133 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
1134 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
1135 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
1136 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
1137 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
1138 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
1139 they now are optional during runtime.
1140
1141 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
1142 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
1143 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
1144 which installs absolute timers.
1145
1146 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
1147 mode, which may be controlled via the new
1148 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
1149 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
1150 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
1151 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
1152 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
1153 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
1154 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
1155 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
1156
1157 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
1158 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
1159 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
1160 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
1161 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
1162 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
1163 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
1164 dispatched).
1165
1166 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
1167 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
1168 the RootImage= setting.
1169
1170 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
1171 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
1172 to the service.
1173
1174 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
1175 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
1176 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
1177 different for different units).
1178
1179 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
1180 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
1181 options.
1182
1183 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
1184 --json= switch.
1185
1186 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
1187 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
1188 authentication request.
1189
1190 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
1191 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
1192 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
1193 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
1194 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
1195 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
1196 empty.
1197
1198 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
1199 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
1200 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
1201 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
1202 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
1203 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
1204 image to be applied onto the image.
1205
1206 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
1207 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
1208 in OS disk images.
1209
1210 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
1211 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
1212 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
1213 other output modes.
1214
1215 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
1216 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
1217 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
1218 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
1219
1220 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
1221 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
1222 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
1223 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
1224 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
1225 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
1226 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
1227 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
1228 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
1229 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
1230
1231 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
1232 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
1233 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
1234 recursively to whole subtrees.
1235
1236 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
1237 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
1238 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
1239 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
1240 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
1241 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
1242 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
1243 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
1244
1245 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
1246 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
1247 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
1248 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
1249 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
1250 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
1251 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
1252 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
1253 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
1254 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
1255 system asks for a password.
1256
1257 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
1258 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
1259 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
1260 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
1261 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
1262 up.
1263
1264 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
1265 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
1266 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
1267
1268 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
1269 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
1270 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
1271 virtualization.
1272
1273 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
1274 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
1275 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
1276 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
1277 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
1278 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
1279 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
1280 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
1281 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
1282 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
1283 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
1284 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
1285 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
1286 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
1287 directories:
1288
1289 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
1290
1291 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
1292 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
1293 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
1294
1295 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
1296 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
1297 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
1298 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
1299
1300 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
1301 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
1302
1303 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
1304 system calls that are contained in @known will result in a EPERM by
1305 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
1306 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
1307 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
1308 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
1309 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
1310 applications.
1311
1312 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
1313 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
1314 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
1315 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
1316 build time.
1317
1318 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
1319 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
1320 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
1321 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
1322 system call filter policy.
1323
1324 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
1325 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
1326 filtering is turned off.
1327
1328 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
1329 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
1330 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
1331 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
1332 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
1333 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
1334 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
1335 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
1336 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
1337
1338 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
1339 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
1340 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
1341 exited.
1342
1343 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
1344 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
1345
1346 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
1347 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
1348 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
1349 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
1350 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
1351 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
1352 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
1353 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
1354 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
1355 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
1356 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
1357 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
1358 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
1359 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
1360 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
1361 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
1362 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
1363 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
1364 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
1365 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
1366 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
1367 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
1368
1369 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
1370 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
1371 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
1372 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
1373 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
1374 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
1375 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
1376 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
1377 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
1378 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
1379 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
1380 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
1381 aforementioned service settings.
1382
1383 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
1384 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
1385 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
1386 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
1387 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
1388 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
1389 and populated — there is no time window where they are
1390 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
1391 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
1392 will start from the beginning.
1393
1394 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
1395 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
1396 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
1397 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
1398
1399 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
1400 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
1401 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
1402 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
1403 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
1404 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
1405 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
1406 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
1407 on, including in the initrd.
1408
1409 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
1410 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
1411 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
1412 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
1413
1414 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
1415 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
1416 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
1417 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
1418 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
1419
1420 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
1421 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
1422 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
1423 this property in its status output.
1424
1425 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
1426 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
1427 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
1428 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
1429 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
1430 more similarly to nss-resolve.
1431
1432 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
1433 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
1434 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
1435 ctime.
1436
1437 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
1438 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
1439
1440 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
1441 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
1442 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
1443 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
1444 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
1445 having to rebuild systemd.
1446
1447 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
1448 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
1449 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
1450 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
1451 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
1452 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
1453 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
1454 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
1455
1456 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
1457 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
1458 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
1459 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
1460 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
1461 hardlinks.
1462
1463 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
1464 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
1465 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
1466
1467 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
1468 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
1469 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
1470 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
1471
1472 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
1473 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
1474
1475 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
1476 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
1477 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
1478 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
1479 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
1480
1481 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
1482 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
1483 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
1484 compatibility).
1485
1486 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
1487 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
1488 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
1489 prefix will be assigned.
1490
1491 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
1492 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
1493 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
1494 The setting is enabled by default.
1495
1496 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
1497 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
1498
1499 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
1500 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
1501 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
1502 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
1503 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
1504 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
1505 debuggable.
1506
1507 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
1508 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
1509 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
1510 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
1511
1512 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
1513 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
1514
1515 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
1516 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
1517 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
1518 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
1519 environments where the root file system is
1520 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
1521 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
1522
1523 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
1524 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
1525 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
1526 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
1527 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
1528 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
1529 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
1530 later).
1531
1532 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
1533 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
1534 working with heavily threaded programs.
1535
1536 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
1537 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
1538 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
1539 desirable.
1540
1541 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
1542 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
1543 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
1544 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
1545 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
1546 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
1547
1548 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
1549 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
1550 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
1551 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
1552 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
1553
1554 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
1555 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
1556 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
1557 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
1558 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
1559 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
1560 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
1561 promises.
1562
1563 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
1564 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
1565 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
1566 promises.
1567
1568 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
1569 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
1570 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
1571 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
1572 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
1573 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
1574 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
1575 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
1576 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
1577
1578 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
1579 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
1580 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
1581 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
1582 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
1583 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
1584 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
1585 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
1586 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
1587
1588 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
1589 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
1590 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
1591 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
1592 like this.
1593
1594 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
1595 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
1596 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
1597 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
1598 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
1599 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
1600 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
1601 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
1602 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
1603
1604 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
1605 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
1606 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
1607 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
1608 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
1609 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
1610 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
1611 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
1612 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
1613 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
1614 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
1615 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
1616 appropriately.
1617
1618 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
1619 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
1620 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
1621 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
1622 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
1623 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
1624
1625 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
1626 contents in commented form in the text editor.
1627
1628 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
1629 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
1630 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
1631 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
1632 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
1633 protections for the different slices in the future.
1634
1635 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
1636 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
1637 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
1638 image dissection logic.
1639
1640 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
1641 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
1642 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
1643 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
1644 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
1645 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
1646 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
1647 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
1648 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
1649 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
1650 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
1651 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
1652 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
1653 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
1654 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
1655 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
1656 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
1657 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
1658 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
1659 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
1660 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
1661 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
1662 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
1663 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
1664 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
1665 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
1666 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
1667 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
1668 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
1669 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
1670 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
1671 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1672 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
1673
1674 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
1675
1676 CHANGES WITH 246:
1677
1678 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
1679 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
1680 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
1681
1682 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
1683 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
1684
1685 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
1686 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
1687 based on the NUMA mask.
1688
1689 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
1690 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
1691 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
1692
1693 * Two new unit file settings
1694 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
1695 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
1696 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
1697 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
1698
1699 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
1700 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
1701 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
1702 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
1703 instance).
1704
1705 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
1706 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
1707 service's processes shall include.
1708
1709 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
1710 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
1711 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
1712 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
1713
1714 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
1715 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
1716 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
1717 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
1718 depending on socket type.
1719
1720 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
1721 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
1722 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
1723 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
1724 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
1725 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
1726 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
1727 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
1728 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
1729 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
1730
1731 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
1732 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
1733 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
1734 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
1735 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
1736 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
1737 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
1738 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
1739
1740 * .service unit files gained two new options
1741 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
1742 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
1743 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
1744
1745 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
1746 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
1747 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
1748 prefix is used.
1749
1750 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
1751 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
1752 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
1753 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
1754 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
1755 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
1756 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
1757 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
1758 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
1759 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
1760 key/certificate parameters support this now.
1761
1762 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
1763 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
1764 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
1765 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
1766 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
1767 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
1768
1769 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
1770 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
1771 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
1772 finally gone now.
1773
1774 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
1775 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
1776 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
1777 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
1778
1779 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
1780 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
1781 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
1782 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
1783 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
1784 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
1785 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
1786 which is quite likely a major security problem.
1787
1788 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
1789 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
1790 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
1791 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
1792 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
1793
1794 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
1795 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
1796 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
1797 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
1798 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
1799
1800 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
1801 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
1802 boot.
1803
1804 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
1805 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
1806 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
1807 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
1808 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
1809 device.
1810
1811 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
1812 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
1813 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
1814
1815 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
1816 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
1817 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
1818 conditions.
1819
1820 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
1821 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
1822 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
1823 in order to make test cases more reliable.
1824
1825 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
1826 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
1827 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
1828 the process that faulted.
1829
1830 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
1831 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
1832 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
1833
1834 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
1835 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
1836 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
1837 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
1838 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
1839
1840 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
1841 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
1842 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
1843 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
1844 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
1845
1846 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
1847 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
1848 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
1849 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
1850 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
1851
1852 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
1853 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
1854 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
1855 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
1856 frame ring buffer sizes.
1857
1858 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
1859 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
1860
1861 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
1862 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
1863
1864 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
1865 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
1866 automatically assigned to the interface.
1867
1868 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
1869 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
1870 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
1871 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
1872 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
1873 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
1874 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
1875 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
1876 mode for Assign=.
1877
1878 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
1879 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
1880 source addresses.
1881
1882 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
1883 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
1884 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
1885 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
1886 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
1887 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
1888 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
1889 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
1890 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
1891 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
1892
1893 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
1894 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
1895 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
1896 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
1897 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
1898 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
1899 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
1900
1901 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
1902 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
1903 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
1904 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
1905 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
1906 the RA packets suggest it.
1907
1908 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
1909 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
1910 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
1911 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
1912
1913 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
1914 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
1915 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
1916 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
1917 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
1918 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
1919 field.
1920
1921 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
1922 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
1923 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
1924 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
1925 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
1926 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
1927
1928 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
1929 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
1930
1931 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
1932 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
1933 the VLAN protocol to use.
1934
1935 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
1936 of the .network files, to control the link group.
1937
1938 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
1939 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
1940 link local address is generated.
1941
1942 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
1943 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
1944 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
1945 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
1946 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
1947 carefully picking an interface name to use.
1948
1949 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
1950 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
1951
1952 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
1953 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
1954
1955 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
1956 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
1957 are still understood to provide compatibility.
1958
1959 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
1960 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
1961 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
1962 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
1963 interfaces up or down.
1964
1965 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
1966 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
1967 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
1968 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
1969 interface may be specified (after "%").
1970
1971 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
1972 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
1973 public DNS servers are not used.
1974
1975 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
1976
1977 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
1978 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
1979 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
1980 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
1981 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
1982 defined by systemd-resolved).
1983
1984 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
1985 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
1986 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
1987
1988 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
1989 --property=…".
1990
1991 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
1992 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
1993 use --plain.
1994
1995 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
1996 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
1997 being deprecated in favor of this option.
1998
1999 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
2000 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
2001 process itself.
2002
2003 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
2004 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
2005 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
2006 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
2007 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
2008 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
2009 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
2010 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
2011 implementations.
2012
2013 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
2014 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
2015 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
2016 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
2017 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
2018 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
2019 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
2020 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
2021 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
2022
2023 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
2024 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
2025 initialization.
2026
2027 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
2028 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
2029 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
2030
2031 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
2032 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
2033 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
2034 without any decoration.
2035
2036 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
2037 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
2038 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
2039 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
2040 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
2041 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
2042
2043 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
2044 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
2045 coredump data from.
2046
2047 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
2048 the zstd algorithm.
2049
2050 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
2051 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
2052 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
2053 not block clean file system unmounting.
2054
2055 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
2056 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
2057 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
2058
2059 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
2060 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
2061 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
2062 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
2063
2064 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
2065 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
2066
2067 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
2068 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
2069 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
2070 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
2071 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
2072 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
2073 instead of operating on actual block devices.
2074
2075 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
2076 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
2077
2078 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
2079 instead of 0.
2080
2081 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
2082 specifier expansion.
2083
2084 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
2085 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
2086 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
2087 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
2088 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
2089
2090 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
2091 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
2092 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
2093 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
2094 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
2095
2096 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
2097 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
2098 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
2099 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
2100 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
2101 --fido2-device= option.
2102
2103 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
2104 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
2105 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
2106 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
2107 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
2108 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
2109 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
2110
2111 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
2112 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
2113 changed from ext2 to ext4.
2114
2115 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
2116 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
2117 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
2118 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
2119 before the system continues to boot.
2120
2121 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
2122 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
2123 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
2124 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
2125 instead of at installation time.
2126
2127 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
2128 volumes with automatically from files in
2129 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
2130 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
2131
2132 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
2133 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
2134
2135 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
2136 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
2137 instance.
2138
2139 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
2140 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
2141 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
2142 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
2143
2144 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
2145 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
2146
2147 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
2148 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
2149 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
2150 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
2151 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
2152 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
2153 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
2154 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
2155 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
2156 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
2157 incremental).
2158
2159 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
2160 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
2161 which it then operates.
2162
2163 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
2164 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
2165 directories for various resources.
2166
2167 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
2168 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
2169 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
2170 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
2171 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
2172 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
2173 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
2174 via the new --no-block switch.
2175
2176 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
2177 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
2178 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
2179 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
2180 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
2181 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
2182 case.
2183
2184 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
2185 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
2186 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
2187 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
2188
2189 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
2190 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
2191 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
2192 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
2193 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
2194
2195 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
2196 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
2197 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
2198 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
2199 vtable is associated with.
2200
2201 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
2202 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
2203 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
2204 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
2205
2206 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
2207 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
2208 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
2209
2210 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
2211
2212 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
2213 document the methods, signals and properties.
2214
2215 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
2216 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
2217 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
2218 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
2219 desktops has been added:
2220
2221 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
2222 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
2223 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
2224
2225 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
2226 and has now moved to:
2227
2228 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
2229
2230 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
2231 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
2232 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
2233 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
2234 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
2235 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
2236 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
2237
2238 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
2239 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
2240 target of the service during runtime.
2241
2242 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
2243 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
2244 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
2245
2246 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
2247 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
2248 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
2249 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
2250 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
2251 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
2252 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
2253 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
2254 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
2255 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
2256 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
2257 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2258 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
2259 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
2260 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
2261 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
2262 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
2263 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
2264 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
2265 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
2266 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
2267 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
2268 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
2269 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
2270 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
2271 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
2272 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
2273 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
2274 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
2275 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
2276 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
2277 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
2278 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
2279 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
2280 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
2281 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
2282 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2283 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
2284
2285 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
2286
2287 CHANGES WITH 245:
2288
2289 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
2290 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
2291 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
2292 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
2293 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
2294 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
2295 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
2296 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
2297 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
2298 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
2299 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
2300 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
2301 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
2302 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
2303 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
2304 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
2305 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
2306 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
2307 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
2308 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
2309 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
2310
2311 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
2312 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
2313 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
2314 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
2315 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
2316 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
2317 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
2318 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
2319 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
2320 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
2321 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
2322 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
2323 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
2324 that for the first time resource management and various other
2325 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
2326 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
2327 to apply on login. For further details see:
2328
2329 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
2330 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
2331 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
2332
2333 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
2334 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
2335 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
2336 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
2337 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
2338 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
2339 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
2340 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
2341 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
2342
2343 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
2344
2345 For further details about the format and expectations on home
2346 directories this new daemon makes, see:
2347
2348 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
2349
2350 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
2351 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
2352 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
2353 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
2354 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
2355 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
2356 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
2357 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
2358 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
2359 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
2360 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
2361 usage limitations and other settings.
2362
2363 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
2364 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
2365 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
2366 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
2367 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
2368 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
2369 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
2370 resource usage.
2371
2372 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
2373 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
2374
2375 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
2376 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
2377 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
2378 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
2379 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
2380
2381 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
2382 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
2383 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
2384 itself and the default for all other processes.
2385
2386 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
2387 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
2388 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
2389 database into account.
2390
2391 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
2392 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
2393 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
2394 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
2395
2396 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
2397 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
2398 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
2399 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
2400 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
2401 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
2402 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
2403 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
2404 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
2405 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
2406
2407 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
2408 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
2409 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
2410 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
2411 event source watching it is freed).
2412
2413 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
2414 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
2415 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
2416 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
2417
2418 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
2419 (IFB) network devices.
2420
2421 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
2422 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
2423
2424 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
2425 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
2426 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
2427 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
2428 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
2429 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
2430
2431 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
2432 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
2433 with its sense inverted.
2434
2435 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
2436 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
2437 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
2438
2439 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
2440 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
2441 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
2442
2443 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
2444 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
2445 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
2446 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
2447 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
2448 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
2449 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
2450
2451 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
2452 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
2453 debugging purposes.
2454
2455 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
2456 group named differently than the user.
2457
2458 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
2459 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
2460 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
2461
2462 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
2463 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
2464 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
2465 /etc/fstab.
2466
2467 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
2468 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
2469 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
2470 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
2471
2472 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
2473 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
2474 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
2475 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
2476
2477 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
2478 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
2479 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
2480 Bernard.
2481
2482 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
2483 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
2484 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
2485 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
2486 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
2487 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
2488 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
2489 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
2490 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
2491 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
2492 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
2493
2494 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
2495 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
2496 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
2497 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
2498 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
2499 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
2500 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
2501 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
2502 command line option.
2503
2504 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
2505 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
2506
2507 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
2508 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
2509 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
2510 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
2511 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
2512 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
2513 systemd-timedated.
2514
2515 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
2516 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
2517 GPT partition table types.
2518
2519 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
2520 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
2521 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
2522
2523 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
2524
2525 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
2526 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
2527 for the respective units.
2528
2529 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
2530 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
2531 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
2532
2533 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
2534 "status" output.
2535
2536 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
2537 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
2538 disappear.
2539
2540 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
2541 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
2542 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
2543 address is used.
2544
2545 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
2546 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
2547 dropped from the individual setting names.
2548
2549 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
2550 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
2551 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
2552 such files in version 243.
2553
2554 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
2555 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
2556 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
2557
2558 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
2559 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
2560 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
2561
2562 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
2563 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
2564 with stopping and disablement.
2565
2566 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
2567 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
2568 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
2569 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
2570 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
2571 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
2572 some internal systemd services (most notably
2573 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
2574 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
2575 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
2576 this systemd release. See
2577 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
2578 additional discussion.
2579
2580 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
2581 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
2582 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
2583 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
2584 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
2585 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
2586 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2587 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
2588 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
2589 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
2590 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
2591 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
2592 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
2593 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
2594 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
2595 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
2596 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
2597 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
2598 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
2599 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
2600 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
2601 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
2602 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
2603 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
2604 DONG
2605
2606 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
2607
2608 CHANGES WITH 244:
2609
2610 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
2611 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
2612 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
2613 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
2614
2615 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
2616 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
2617 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
2618 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
2619
2620 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
2621 units.
2622
2623 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
2624 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
2625 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
2626 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
2627 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
2628 set the EFI variable.
2629
2630 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
2631 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
2632 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
2633 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
2634 and overrides the systemd setting.
2635
2636 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
2637 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
2638 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
2639 effect.)
2640
2641 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
2642 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
2643 that affects all corresponding unit files.
2644
2645 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
2646 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
2647
2648 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
2649 the unit being shown.
2650
2651 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
2652 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
2653 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
2654 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
2655 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
2656
2657 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
2658 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
2659 which need to use them.
2660
2661 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
2662 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
2663 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
2664 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
2665 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
2666 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
2667 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
2668 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
2669 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
2670 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
2671
2672 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
2673 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
2674 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
2675 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
2676 security tokens that were used previously.
2677
2678 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
2679 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
2680 improve power saving with many more devices.
2681
2682 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
2683 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
2684 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
2685
2686 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
2687 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
2688 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
2689 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
2690 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
2691
2692 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
2693 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
2694 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
2695 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
2696 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
2697
2698 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
2699 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
2700
2701 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
2702 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
2703
2704 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
2705 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
2706 now supported.
2707
2708 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
2709 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
2710
2711 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
2712 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
2713 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
2714
2715 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
2716 received from the server.
2717
2718 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
2719 set.
2720
2721 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
2722 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
2723
2724 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
2725 using a new SendOption= setting.
2726
2727 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
2728 service type" value used by the client.
2729
2730 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
2731 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
2732
2733 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
2734 a new SendOption= setting.
2735
2736 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
2737 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
2738
2739 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
2740 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
2741
2742 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
2743 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
2744 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
2745
2746 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
2747 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
2748 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
2749 BSSID for wireless links.
2750
2751 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
2752 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
2753
2754 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
2755 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
2756
2757 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
2758 disciplines in the kernel using the new
2759 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
2760 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
2761 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
2762 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
2763
2764 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
2765
2766 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
2767 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
2768 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
2769 on its own).
2770
2771 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
2772 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
2773 of the present time.
2774
2775 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
2776 reproducible image builds easier).
2777
2778 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
2779 Specification.
2780
2781 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
2782 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
2783 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
2784 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
2785
2786 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
2787 is being used.
2788
2789 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
2790
2791 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
2792 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
2793 path as the system manager.
2794
2795 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
2796 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
2797 representation").
2798
2799 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
2800 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
2801 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
2802 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
2803 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
2804 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
2805 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
2806 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
2807
2808 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
2809 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
2810 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
2811 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
2812 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
2813 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
2814 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
2815 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
2816 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
2817 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
2818 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
2819 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
2820 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
2821 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
2822 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
2823 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
2824 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
2825 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
2826 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
2827 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
2828 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
2829 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
2830 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2831
2832 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
2833
2834 CHANGES WITH 243:
2835
2836 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
2837 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
2838 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
2839 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
2840 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
2841 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
2842 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
2843 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
2844
2845 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
2846 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
2847 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
2848 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
2849 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
2850 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
2851 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
2852 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
2853 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
2854 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
2855 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
2856 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
2857 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
2858 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
2859 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
2860 documentation.
2861
2862 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
2863 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
2864 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
2865 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
2866 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
2867 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
2868 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
2869 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
2870 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
2871 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
2872 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
2873 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
2874 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
2875 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
2876 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
2877 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
2878
2879 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
2880 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
2881 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
2882 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
2883
2884 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
2885 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
2886
2887 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
2888 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
2889 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
2890 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
2891 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
2892 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
2893 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
2894 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
2895 caught up with the kernel API changes.
2896
2897 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
2898 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
2899 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
2900 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
2901 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
2902 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
2903 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
2904 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
2905 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
2906 packagers.
2907
2908 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
2909 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
2910
2911 build/man/man systemctl
2912 build/man/html systemd.index
2913
2914 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
2915 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
2916
2917 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
2918 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
2919 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
2920 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
2921 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
2922 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
2923
2924 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
2925 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
2926 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
2927 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
2928 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
2929 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
2930 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
2931 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
2932 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
2933 unambiguously distinguished.
2934
2935 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
2936 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
2937 very rarely used.
2938
2939 To replace this functionality, users should:
2940 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
2941 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
2942 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
2943 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
2944 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
2945
2946 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
2947 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
2948 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
2949 interfaces should really be matched.
2950
2951 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
2952 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
2953 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
2954 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
2955 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
2956 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
2957
2958 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
2959 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
2960 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
2961 stop the whole unit.
2962
2963 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
2964 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
2965 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
2966 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
2967 generated whenever a unit stops.
2968
2969 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
2970 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
2971 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
2972 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
2973
2974 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
2975 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
2976 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
2977 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
2978 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
2979
2980 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
2981 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
2982 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
2983 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
2984 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
2985 programs set up externally.
2986
2987 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
2988 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
2989 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
2990 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
2991
2992 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
2993 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
2994 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
2995 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
2996 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
2997 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
2998 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
2999
3000 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
3001 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
3002 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
3003 as before.
3004
3005 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
3006 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
3007 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
3008 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
3009 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
3010 links on terminals that support that.
3011
3012 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
3013 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
3014 unmounted safely during shutdown.
3015
3016 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
3017
3018 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
3019 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
3020 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
3021 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
3022 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
3023 The default remains unchanged.
3024
3025 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
3026 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
3027
3028 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
3029 udev property.
3030
3031 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
3032 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
3033 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
3034
3035 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
3036 interfaces natively.
3037
3038 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
3039 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
3040 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
3041 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
3042
3043 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
3044 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
3045 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
3046 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
3047 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
3048 RELEASE message when terminating.
3049
3050 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
3051 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
3052
3053 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
3054 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
3055 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
3056 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
3057 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
3058 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
3059 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
3060
3061 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
3062 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
3063 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
3064 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
3065 added to the GENEVE support.
3066
3067 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
3068 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
3069 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
3070 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
3071 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
3072
3073 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
3074 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
3075 onto the network device.
3076
3077 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
3078 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
3079 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
3080 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
3081 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
3082
3083 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
3084 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
3085 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
3086
3087 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
3088 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
3089
3090 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
3091 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
3092
3093 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
3094 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
3095 statistics.
3096
3097 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
3098 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
3099 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
3100
3101 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
3102 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
3103
3104 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
3105 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
3106 specific udev properties.
3107
3108 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
3109 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
3110 "lo" as underlying device.
3111
3112 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
3113 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
3114 IP addresses, too.
3115
3116 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
3117 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
3118 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
3119 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
3120
3121 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
3122 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
3123 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
3124 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
3125
3126 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
3127 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
3128 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
3129
3130 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
3131 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
3132 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
3133
3134 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
3135
3136 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
3137 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
3138 does the same for recurring calendar events.
3139
3140 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
3141 durations as opposed to points in time).
3142
3143 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
3144 expressions.
3145
3146 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
3147 codes to their names and back.
3148
3149 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
3150 file paths and unit aliases.
3151
3152 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
3153 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
3154 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
3155 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
3156
3157 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
3158 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
3159 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
3160 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
3161 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
3162 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
3163 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
3164 udev rules for that purpose.
3165
3166 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
3167 a device to be initialized.
3168
3169 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
3170 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
3171 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
3172
3173 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
3174 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
3175 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
3176 with gcc's cleanup extension.
3177
3178 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
3179 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
3180 with printf().
3181
3182 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
3183 XML introspection data unmodified.
3184
3185 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
3186 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
3187 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
3188 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
3189
3190 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
3191 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
3192 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
3193 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
3194 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
3195 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
3196 configured to handle the watchdog.
3197
3198 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
3199 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
3200 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
3201
3202 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
3203 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
3204 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
3205
3206 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
3207 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
3208 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
3209 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
3210 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
3211
3212 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
3213 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
3214 review.
3215
3216 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
3217 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
3218
3219 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
3220 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
3221
3222 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
3223 failures to apply them are now ignored.
3224
3225 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
3226 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
3227 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
3228 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
3229
3230 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
3231 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
3232 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
3233 service.
3234
3235 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
3236 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
3237 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
3238 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
3239 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
3240 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
3241 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
3242 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
3243 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
3244 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
3245 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
3246 a seed was received from the boot loader.
3247
3248 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
3249
3250 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
3251 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
3252 above.
3253
3254 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
3255 installed.
3256
3257 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
3258 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
3259 bootloader entry).
3260
3261 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
3262 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
3263
3264 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
3265
3266 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
3267 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
3268 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
3269 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
3270 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
3271
3272 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
3273 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
3274 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
3275
3276 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
3277 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
3278
3279 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
3280 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
3281 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
3282
3283 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
3284 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
3285 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
3286 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
3287 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
3288 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
3289 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
3290 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
3291 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
3292 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
3293 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
3294 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
3295 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
3296 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
3297 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
3298 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
3299 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
3300 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
3301 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3302 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
3303 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
3304 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
3305 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
3306 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
3307 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
3308 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
3309 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
3310 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
3311 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
3312 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
3313
3314 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
3315
3316 CHANGES WITH 242:
3317
3318 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
3319 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
3320 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
3321 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
3322 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
3323 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
3324 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
3325
3326 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
3327 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
3328
3329 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
3330 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
3331 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
3332 may be used to view this.
3333
3334 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
3335 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
3336 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
3337 ```
3338 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
3339 [Match]
3340 Type=bridge
3341
3342 [Link]
3343 MACAddressPolicy=none
3344 ```
3345
3346 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
3347 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
3348 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
3349 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
3350 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
3351 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
3352 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
3353
3354 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
3355 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
3356
3357 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
3358 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
3359
3360 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
3361 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
3362
3363 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
3364 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
3365 is a USB peripheral).
3366
3367 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
3368 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
3369 measured.
3370
3371 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
3372 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
3373 have privileges to do so).
3374
3375 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
3376 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
3377 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
3378
3379 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
3380 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
3381 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
3382 namespace.
3383
3384 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
3385 in which case environment variable substitution is
3386 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
3387
3388 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
3389 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
3390 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
3391 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
3392 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
3393
3394 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
3395 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
3396 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
3397 installed CPU cores.
3398
3399 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
3400 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
3401 kernel 4.15.
3402
3403 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
3404 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
3405 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
3406 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
3407 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
3408
3409 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
3410 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
3411 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
3412
3413 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
3414 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
3415 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
3416 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
3417 enslaved devices is not operational.
3418
3419 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
3420 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
3421
3422 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
3423 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
3424 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
3425 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
3426 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
3427 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
3428
3429 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
3430 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
3431
3432 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
3433
3434 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
3435 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
3436 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
3437
3438 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
3439 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
3440
3441 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
3442 configure CAN triple sampling.
3443
3444 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
3445 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
3446
3447 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
3448 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
3449 details.
3450
3451 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
3452 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
3453 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
3454 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
3455 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
3456 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
3457
3458 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
3459
3460 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
3461 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
3462 controlling project quota inheritance.
3463
3464 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
3465 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
3466 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
3467 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
3468 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
3469 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
3470 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
3471 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
3472 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
3473 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
3474 partition.
3475
3476 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
3477 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
3478 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
3479 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
3480 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
3481
3482 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
3483 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
3484
3485 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
3486 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
3487 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
3488 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
3489 be used in production yet.
3490
3491 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
3492 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
3493 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
3494 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
3495 input, output, and error are set up.
3496
3497 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
3498
3499 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
3500 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
3501 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
3502
3503 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
3504 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
3505 the specified expression will elapse next.
3506
3507 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
3508 introspection data.
3509
3510 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
3511 the reboot() system call expects.
3512
3513 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
3514 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
3515 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
3516
3517 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
3518 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
3519 ConditionVirtualization=).
3520
3521 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
3522 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
3523 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
3524 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
3525 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
3526 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
3527 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
3528 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
3529 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
3530 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
3531 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
3532 during reboot with their own operations.
3533
3534 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
3535 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
3536 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
3537 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
3538
3539 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
3540 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
3541 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
3542 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
3543 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
3544
3545 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
3546 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
3547
3548 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
3549 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
3550 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
3551 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
3552 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
3553 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
3554 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
3555 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
3556 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
3557
3558 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
3559 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
3560 prohibited.
3561
3562 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
3563 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
3564 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
3565 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
3566 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
3567 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
3568 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
3569 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
3570
3571 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
3572 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
3573 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
3574 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
3575 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
3576 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
3577 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
3578 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
3579 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
3580 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
3581 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3582 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
3583 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
3584 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
3585 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
3586 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
3587 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
3588 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3589
3590 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
3591
3592 CHANGES WITH 241:
3593
3594 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
3595 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
3596 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
3597
3598 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
3599 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
3600 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
3601 include the package release information.
3602
3603 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
3604 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
3605 option.
3606
3607 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
3608 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
3609 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
3610
3611 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
3612 again.
3613
3614 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
3615 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
3616 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
3617 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
3618 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
3619 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
3620 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
3621 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
3622 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
3623 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
3624 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
3625 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
3626 installed .link files to *not* include it.
3627
3628 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
3629 "persistent", now works again as documented.
3630
3631 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
3632 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
3633
3634 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
3635 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
3636 used for side-channel attacks.
3637
3638 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
3639 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
3640 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
3641
3642 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
3643 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
3644 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
3645 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
3646 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
3647 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
3648
3649 fs.protected_regular = 0
3650 fs.protected_fifos = 0
3651
3652 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
3653 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
3654
3655 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
3656 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
3657 POSIX shells.
3658
3659 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
3660 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
3661
3662 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
3663 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
3664 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
3665 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
3666 points but otherwise empty.
3667
3668 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
3669 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
3670 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
3671
3672 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
3673 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
3674
3675 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
3676 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
3677
3678 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
3679 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
3680 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
3681 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
3682 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
3683 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
3684 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
3685 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
3686 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
3687 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
3688 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3689 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
3690 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
3691 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
3692 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
3693 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3694 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
3695
3696 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
3697
3698 CHANGES WITH 240:
3699
3700 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
3701 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
3702 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
3703 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
3704 an SELinux policy update is required.
3705 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
3706
3707 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
3708 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
3709 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
3710 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
3711 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
3712 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
3713 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
3714 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
3715 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
3716 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
3717
3718 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
3719 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
3720 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
3721 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
3722 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
3723 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
3724 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
3725 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
3726 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
3727 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
3728 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
3729 the search path.
3730
3731 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
3732 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
3733 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
3734 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
3735 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
3736 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
3737 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
3738 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
3739 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
3740 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
3741 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
3742 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
3743 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
3744 start job.
3745
3746 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
3747 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
3748 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
3749 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
3750 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
3751 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
3752 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
3753 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
3754 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
3755 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
3756
3757 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
3758 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
3759 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
3760 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
3761 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
3762 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
3763 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
3764 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
3765 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
3766 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
3767 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
3768 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
3769 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
3770 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
3771 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
3772 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
3773 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
3774 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
3775 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
3776 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
3777 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
3778 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
3779 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
3780 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
3781 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
3782 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
3783 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
3784 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
3785 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
3786 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
3787 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
3788 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
3789 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
3790 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
3791 Java.)
3792
3793 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
3794 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
3795 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
3796 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
3797 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
3798 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
3799 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
3800 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
3801 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
3802 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
3803
3804 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
3805 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
3806 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
3807 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
3808 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
3809 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
3810
3811 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
3812 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
3813 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
3814 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
3815 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
3816
3817 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
3818 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
3819
3820 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
3821 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
3822 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
3823
3824 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
3825 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
3826
3827 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
3828 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
3829 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
3830
3831 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
3832 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
3833 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
3834 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
3835 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
3836 latency.
3837
3838 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
3839 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
3840
3841 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
3842 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
3843 instance part of a unit name.
3844
3845 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
3846 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
3847 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
3848 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
3849 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
3850 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
3851 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
3852 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
3853 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
3854
3855 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
3856 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
3857 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
3858 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
3859
3860 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
3861 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
3862 to a file, and appending to it.
3863
3864 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
3865 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
3866 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
3867 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
3868 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
3869 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
3870
3871 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
3872 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
3873 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
3874 having to touch C code.
3875
3876 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
3877 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
3878
3879 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
3880 DNS-over-TLS.
3881
3882 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
3883 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
3884 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
3885
3886 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
3887 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
3888 until the system finished start-up.
3889
3890 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
3891
3892 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
3893 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
3894 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
3895 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
3896 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
3897 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
3898 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
3899
3900 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
3901 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
3902 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
3903 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
3904 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
3905 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
3906 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
3907 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
3908 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
3909 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
3910 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
3911 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
3912
3913 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
3914 instantiate services.
3915
3916 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
3917 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
3918
3919 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
3920 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
3921 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
3922
3923 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
3924 it is neither used nor maintained.
3925
3926 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3927 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
3928 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
3929 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
3930 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
3931 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
3932 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
3933 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
3934 separated by colons.
3935
3936 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
3937 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
3938
3939 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
3940 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
3941
3942 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
3943 "ethtool advertise" commands.
3944
3945 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
3946 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
3947 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
3948 directly.
3949
3950 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
3951 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
3952 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
3953 ID.
3954
3955 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
3956 and generate various 128bit IDs.
3957
3958 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
3959 and LOGO=.
3960
3961 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
3962 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
3963 from any hibernated image.
3964
3965 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
3966 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
3967 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
3968 kernel exports them.
3969
3970 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
3971 /usr/bin/.
3972
3973 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
3974 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
3975 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
3976 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
3977 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
3978 now documented here:
3979
3980 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
3981
3982 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
3983 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
3984 installs during early boot.
3985
3986 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
3987 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
3988
3989 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
3990 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
3991
3992 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
3993 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
3994 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
3995
3996 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
3997 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
3998 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
3999 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
4000 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
4001 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
4002 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
4003 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
4004 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
4005 is on AC power.
4006
4007 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
4008 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
4009 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
4010 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
4011 see:
4012
4013 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
4014
4015 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
4016 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
4017 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
4018 and container environments.
4019
4020 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
4021 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
4022 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
4023 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
4024
4025 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
4026 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
4027 journald per-service.
4028
4029 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
4030 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
4031
4032 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
4033 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
4034 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
4035 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
4036
4037 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
4038 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
4039 groups.
4040
4041 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
4042 --ephemeral command line switch.
4043
4044 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
4045 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
4046 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
4047 object itself.
4048
4049 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
4050 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
4051 not unloaded).
4052
4053 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
4054 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
4055 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
4056
4057 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
4058 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
4059 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
4060 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
4061 "dead" state on success.
4062
4063 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
4064 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
4065 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
4066 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
4067 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
4068 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
4069 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
4070 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
4071 well-defined system service context.
4072
4073 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
4074 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
4075 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
4076 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
4077
4078 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
4079 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
4080 continue to be used.
4081
4082 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
4083 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
4084 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
4085 for example:
4086
4087 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
4088
4089 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
4090 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
4091 the command line's exit code.
4092
4093 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
4094
4095 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
4096
4097 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
4098 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
4099 support to systemctl and all other commands.
4100
4101 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
4102 name as argument.
4103
4104 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
4105 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
4106 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
4107 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
4108 is improved.
4109
4110 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
4111 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
4112 initialize one to all 0xFF.
4113
4114 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
4115 all files and directories listed in
4116 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
4117 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
4118 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
4119 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
4120 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
4121 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
4122 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
4123 the transition to the host OS.
4124
4125 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
4126 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
4127 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
4128 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
4129 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
4130 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
4131 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
4132 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
4133 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
4134 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
4135 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
4136 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
4137 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
4138 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
4139 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
4140 these are opened they don't work.
4141
4142 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
4143 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
4144 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
4145 logic works again.
4146
4147 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
4148 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
4149 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
4150 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
4151 ignore it.
4152
4153 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
4154 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
4155 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
4156 commands.
4157
4158 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
4159 pam_systemd anymore.
4160
4161 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
4162 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
4163 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
4164 policy took effect.
4165
4166 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
4167 python-3.5.
4168
4169 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
4170 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
4171 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
4172 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
4173 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
4174 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
4175 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
4176 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
4177 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
4178 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
4179 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
4180 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
4181 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
4182 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
4183 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
4184 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
4185 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4186 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
4187 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
4188 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
4189 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
4190 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
4191 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
4192 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
4193 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
4194 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
4195 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4196 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
4197 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
4198 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
4199 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
4200 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
4201 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
4202 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
4203 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
4204 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
4205 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
4206 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
4207 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
4208 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
4209 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
4210 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
4211 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
4212 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
4213 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
4214
4215 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
4216
4217 CHANGES WITH 239:
4218
4219 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
4220 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
4221 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
4222 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
4223 a slot number associated.
4224
4225 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
4226 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
4227 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
4228 independent.
4229
4230 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
4231 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
4232 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
4233
4234 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
4235 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
4236 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
4237 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
4238
4239 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
4240 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
4241 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
4242 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
4243 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
4244 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
4245 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
4246 e.g. NIS.
4247
4248 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
4249 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
4250 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
4251 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
4252 may be necessary to update the file.
4253
4254 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
4255 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
4256 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
4257 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
4258 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
4259 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
4260 documentation.
4261
4262 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
4263 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
4264 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
4265 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
4266 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
4267 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
4268 them.
4269
4270 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
4271 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
4272 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
4273 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
4274 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
4275
4276 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
4277 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
4278 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
4279 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
4280 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
4281 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
4282 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
4283 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
4284
4285 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
4286 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
4287 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
4288 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
4289 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
4290
4291 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
4292 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
4293 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
4294 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
4295 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
4296
4297 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
4298 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
4299 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
4300
4301 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
4302 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
4303 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
4304 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
4305 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
4306 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
4307 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
4308 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
4309 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
4310 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
4311 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
4312 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
4313 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
4314 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
4315 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
4316 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
4317 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
4318 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
4319 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
4320 from.
4321
4322 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
4323 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
4324 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
4325 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
4326
4327 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
4328 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
4329 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
4330 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
4331
4332 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
4333 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
4334 hibernates again.
4335
4336 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
4337 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
4338
4339 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
4340 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
4341 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
4342
4343 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
4344 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
4345 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
4346 was not configurable and set to 512.
4347
4348 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
4349 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
4350 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
4351 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
4352 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
4353 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
4354 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
4355 in particular su and sudo.
4356
4357 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
4358 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
4359 synchronization has been received from the network. This
4360 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
4361 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
4362 services.
4363
4364 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
4365 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
4366 files should work for hibernation now.
4367
4368 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
4369 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
4370 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
4371 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
4372 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
4373 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
4374 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
4375 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
4376 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
4377 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
4378 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
4379 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
4380 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
4381 name following the last dash.
4382
4383 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
4384 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
4385 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
4386 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
4387 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
4388
4389 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
4390 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
4391 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
4392 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
4393 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
4394 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
4395
4396 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
4397 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
4398 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
4399 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
4400
4401 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
4402 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
4403 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
4404 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
4405 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
4406
4407 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
4408 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
4409 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
4410 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
4411 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
4412 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
4413 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
4414 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
4415 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
4416 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
4417 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
4418 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
4419 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
4420
4421 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
4422 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
4423 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
4424 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
4425 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
4426 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
4427 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
4428 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
4429 settings.
4430
4431 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
4432 expiration feature, if it is available.
4433
4434 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
4435 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
4436 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
4437
4438 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
4439 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
4440
4441 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
4442
4443 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
4444 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
4445
4446 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
4447 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
4448 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
4449 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
4450 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
4451 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
4452 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
4453 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
4454 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
4455 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
4456 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
4457
4458 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
4459 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
4460 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
4461 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
4462
4463 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
4464 about its state.
4465
4466 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
4467 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
4468 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
4469 "timedatectl set-ntp".
4470
4471 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
4472 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
4473 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
4474 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
4475 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
4476 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
4477 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
4478 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
4479 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
4480 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
4481 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
4482
4483 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
4484 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
4485
4486 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
4487 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
4488 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
4489 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
4490 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
4491 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
4492
4493 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
4494 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
4495 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
4496 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
4497 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
4498 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
4499 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
4500
4501 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
4502 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
4503 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
4504 shown.)
4505
4506 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
4507 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
4508 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
4509 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
4510 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
4511 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
4512 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
4513 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
4514 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
4515
4516 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
4517 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
4518 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
4519
4520 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
4521 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
4522 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
4523 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
4524 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
4525 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
4526 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
4527 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
4528
4529 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
4530
4531 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
4532 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
4533 automatically when the system clock changed.)
4534
4535 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
4536 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
4537
4538 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
4539 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
4540 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
4541
4542 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
4543
4544 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
4545
4546 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
4547 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
4548
4549 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
4550 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
4551 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
4552 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
4553 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
4554 external user databases.
4555
4556 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
4557 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
4558 refused due to the enforced limits.
4559
4560 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
4561 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
4562 manages.
4563
4564 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
4565 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
4566 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
4567 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
4568 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
4569 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
4570 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
4571 where this is now used by default.
4572
4573 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
4574 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
4575
4576 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
4577 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
4578 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
4579 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
4580 update process in a generic way.
4581
4582 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
4583
4584 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
4585 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
4586 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
4587 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
4588 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
4589 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
4590 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
4591 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
4592 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
4593 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
4594 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
4595 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
4596 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
4597 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
4598 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
4599 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
4600 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
4601 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
4602 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
4603 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
4604 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
4605 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
4606 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
4607 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
4608 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
4609 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
4610 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
4611 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
4612 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4613
4614 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
4615
4616 CHANGES WITH 238:
4617
4618 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
4619 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
4620 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
4621 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
4622 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
4623 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
4624 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
4625 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
4626 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
4627 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
4628 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
4629 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
4630 to revert this change.
4631
4632 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
4633 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
4634 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
4635 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
4636 once at the end of the transaction.
4637
4638 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
4639 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
4640 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
4641 scripts.
4642
4643 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
4644 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
4645 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
4646 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
4647 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
4648 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
4649 still allowing local admin overrides.
4650
4651 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
4652 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
4653 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
4654
4655 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
4656 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
4657 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
4658 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
4659 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
4660
4661 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
4662 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
4663 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
4664 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
4665 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
4666 from package installation scripts.
4667
4668 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
4669 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
4670 without the user number ("u username -:456").
4671
4672 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
4673 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
4674
4675 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
4676 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
4677 /sbin/nologin for other users).
4678
4679 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
4680 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
4681 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
4682 --systemd, --user, or --global).
4683
4684 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
4685 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
4686 which are triggered meanwhile).
4687
4688 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
4689 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
4690 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
4691 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
4692 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
4693
4694 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
4695 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
4696 rotated very quickly.
4697
4698 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
4699 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
4700 pending bus messages.
4701
4702 * systemd gained a new
4703 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
4704 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
4705 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
4706 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
4707 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
4708 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
4709 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
4710 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
4711 session scope.
4712
4713 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
4714 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
4715 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
4716 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
4717 the tree to be accessed.
4718
4719 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
4720 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
4721 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
4722
4723 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
4724 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
4725 to keys in the main keyring.
4726
4727 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
4728
4729 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
4730 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
4731
4732 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
4733
4734 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
4735 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
4736 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
4737 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
4738 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
4739 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
4740 explicitly.
4741
4742 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
4743 the colour of "OK" status messages.
4744
4745 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
4746 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
4747 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
4748 be restarted.
4749
4750 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
4751 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
4752
4753 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
4754 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
4755 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
4756 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
4757 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
4758 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
4759 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
4760 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4761 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
4762 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
4763 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
4764 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
4765 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
4766 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4767 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
4768 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
4769
4770 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
4771
4772 CHANGES WITH 237:
4773
4774 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
4775 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
4776 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
4777 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
4778
4779 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
4780 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
4781 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
4782 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
4783 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
4784 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
4785 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
4786 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
4787 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
4788 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
4789
4790 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
4791 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
4792 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
4793 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
4794 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
4795 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
4796 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
4797 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
4798 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
4799 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
4800
4801 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
4802 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
4803 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
4804 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
4805 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
4806 now provides explicit control.
4807
4808 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
4809 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
4810 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
4811 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
4812 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
4813 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
4814 unit types that already supported transient operation.
4815
4816 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
4817 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
4818 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
4819
4820 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
4821 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
4822
4823 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
4824 .network files all gained support for a new condition
4825 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
4826 versions.
4827
4828 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
4829 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
4830 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
4831 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
4832 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
4833 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
4834 understands RapidCommit=.
4835
4836 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
4837 Delegation.
4838
4839 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
4840 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
4841 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
4842 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
4843 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
4844 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
4845 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
4846 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
4847 --watch-bind= command line switch.
4848
4849 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
4850 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
4851 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
4852 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
4853 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
4854 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
4855 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
4856 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
4857 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
4858 "Disconnected" signals).
4859
4860 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
4861 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
4862 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
4863 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
4864 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
4865 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
4866 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
4867 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
4868 round-trips are removed.
4869
4870 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
4871 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
4872 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
4873 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
4874
4875 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
4876 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
4877 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
4878 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
4879 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
4880 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
4881
4882 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
4883 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
4884 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
4885 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
4886 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
4887 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
4888 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
4889 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
4890 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
4891 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
4892
4893 * sd-event gained a new call pair
4894 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
4895 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
4896 when the event source is destroyed.
4897
4898 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
4899 connections.
4900
4901 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
4902 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
4903 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
4904 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
4905 new transitional flag file has been added: if
4906 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
4907 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
4908
4909 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
4910 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
4911 manager.
4912
4913 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
4914 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
4915 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
4916 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
4917 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
4918
4919 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
4920 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
4921 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
4922 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
4923 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
4924 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
4925
4926 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
4927 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
4928 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
4929 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
4930 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
4931 level/target is given as an argument.
4932
4933 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
4934 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
4935 where UID and GID do not match.
4936
4937 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
4938 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
4939 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
4940 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
4941 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
4942 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
4943 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
4944 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
4945 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
4946 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
4947 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
4948 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
4949 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
4950 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
4951 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
4952 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
4953 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
4954 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
4955 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
4956 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
4957 Палаузов
4958
4959 — Brno, 2018-01-28
4960
4961 CHANGES WITH 236:
4962
4963 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
4964 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
4965 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
4966 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
4967
4968 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
4969 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
4970 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
4971 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
4972 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
4973 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
4974 valid specifiers today.)
4975
4976 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
4977 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
4978 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
4979 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
4980 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
4981 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
4982
4983 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
4984 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
4985 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
4986 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
4987
4988 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
4989 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
4990 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
4991 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
4992 services are resolved properly.
4993
4994 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
4995 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
4996 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
4997 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
4998 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
4999 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
5000 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
5001 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
5002 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
5003 and btrfs.
5004
5005 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
5006 DNS server and domain information.
5007
5008 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
5009 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
5010 runtime.
5011
5012 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
5013 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
5014 empty for the first time.
5015
5016 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
5017 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
5018 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
5019 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
5020 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
5021 running in the user session.
5022
5023 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
5024 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
5025 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
5026 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
5027 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
5028 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
5029 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
5030 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
5031 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
5032 user instance).
5033
5034 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
5035 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
5036
5037 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
5038 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
5039 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
5040 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
5041
5042 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
5043 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
5044
5045 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
5046 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
5047 sleep verbs.
5048
5049 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
5050
5051 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
5052 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
5053
5054 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
5055
5056 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
5057 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
5058 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
5059
5060 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
5061 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
5062 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
5063 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
5064 instance.
5065
5066 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
5067 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
5068 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
5069
5070 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
5071 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
5072 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
5073
5074 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
5075
5076 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
5077 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
5078 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
5079 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
5080 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
5081 processes.
5082
5083 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
5084 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
5085 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
5086 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
5087
5088 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
5089 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
5090 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
5091
5092 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
5093 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
5094 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
5095 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
5096 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
5097
5098 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
5099 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
5100
5101 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
5102 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
5103 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
5104 time the specified expression would elapse.
5105
5106 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
5107 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
5108 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
5109 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
5110 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
5111 types, not just services.
5112
5113 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
5114 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
5115 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
5116 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
5117
5118 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
5119 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
5120 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
5121 interface for this purpose.
5122
5123 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
5124 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
5125 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
5126 anyway.
5127
5128 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
5129 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
5130 requirements of systemd.
5131
5132 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
5133 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
5134 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
5135
5136 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
5137 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
5138 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
5139 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
5140
5141 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
5142 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
5143 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
5144 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
5145
5146 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
5147 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
5148
5149 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
5150 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
5151 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
5152 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
5153 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
5154 managing software supports (such as pppd).
5155
5156 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
5157 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
5158 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
5159
5160 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
5161 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
5162 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
5163 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
5164 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
5165 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
5166 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
5167 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
5168 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
5169 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
5170 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
5171 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
5172 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
5173 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
5174 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
5175 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
5176 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
5177 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
5178 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
5179 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
5180 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
5181 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5182 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
5183
5184 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
5185
5186 CHANGES WITH 235:
5187
5188 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
5189 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
5190 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
5191 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
5192 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
5193 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
5194 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
5195 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
5196 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
5197 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
5198 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
5199 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
5200 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
5201 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
5202 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
5203 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
5204 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
5205 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
5206 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
5207 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
5208 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
5209 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
5210 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
5211 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
5212 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
5213 IPAddressDeny= see below.
5214
5215 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
5216 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
5217 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
5218 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
5219 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
5220 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
5221 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
5222 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
5223
5224 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
5225 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
5226 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
5227 used to change those values.
5228
5229 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
5230 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
5231 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
5232 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
5233 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
5234 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
5235
5236 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
5237 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
5238 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
5239 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
5240
5241 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
5242 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
5243 one top-level directory.
5244
5245 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
5246 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
5247 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
5248 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
5249 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
5250 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
5251 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
5252 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
5253 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
5254 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
5255 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
5256 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
5257 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
5258 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
5259 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
5260
5261 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
5262 Meson-only.
5263
5264 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
5265 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
5266 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
5267 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
5268 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
5269 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
5270 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
5271 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
5272 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
5273 acceptable to us.
5274
5275 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
5276 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
5277 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
5278 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
5279 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
5280 requested at build time.
5281
5282 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
5283 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
5284 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
5285 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
5286 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
5287 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
5288 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
5289 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
5290 Type= setting which permits configuring
5291 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
5292
5293 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
5294 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
5295 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
5296 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
5297 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
5298 local frames between bridge ports.
5299
5300 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
5301 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
5302 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
5303
5304 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
5305 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
5306
5307 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
5308 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
5309 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
5310 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
5311
5312 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
5313 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
5314 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
5315 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
5316 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
5317 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
5318 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
5319 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
5320
5321 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
5322 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
5323 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
5324 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
5325 command.)
5326
5327 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
5328 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
5329 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
5330
5331 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
5332 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
5333 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
5334 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
5335
5336 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
5337 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
5338 configured, except for the credentials applied by
5339 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
5340 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
5341 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
5342 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
5343 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
5344 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
5345 on systems where this is not supported.
5346
5347 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
5348 sockets.
5349
5350 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
5351 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
5352 during runtime.
5353
5354 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
5355 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
5356 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
5357
5358 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
5359 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
5360 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
5361
5362 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
5363 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
5364 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
5365 Following this logic, two new special targets
5366 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
5367 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
5368 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
5369
5370 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
5371 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
5372 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
5373 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
5374
5375 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
5376 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
5377 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
5378 --wait".
5379
5380 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
5381 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
5382 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
5383 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
5384 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
5385 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
5386 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
5387 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
5388 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
5389
5390 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
5391 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
5392 containing information about the consumed resources of this
5393 invocation.
5394
5395 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
5396 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
5397 processes.
5398
5399 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
5400 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
5401 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
5402 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
5403 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
5404 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
5405 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
5406 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
5407 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
5408 systems for all five operations.
5409
5410 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
5411 the system.
5412
5413 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
5414 than UTC or the local timezone.
5415
5416 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
5417 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
5418 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
5419 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
5420 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
5421 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
5422 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
5423 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
5424
5425 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
5426 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
5427 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
5428 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
5429 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
5430 again.
5431
5432 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
5433 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
5434 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
5435
5436 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
5437 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
5438 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
5439 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
5440 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
5441 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
5442 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
5443 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
5444 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
5445 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
5446 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
5447 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
5448 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
5449 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
5450 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
5451 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
5452 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
5453 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
5454 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
5455 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5456
5457 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
5458
5459 CHANGES WITH 234:
5460
5461 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
5462 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
5463 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
5464 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
5465 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
5466 summary:
5467
5468 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
5469
5470 becomes:
5471
5472 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
5473
5474 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
5475 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
5476 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
5477 .device units.
5478
5479 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
5480 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
5481 running a systemd user instance.
5482
5483 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
5484 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
5485 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
5486 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
5487 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
5488 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
5489
5490 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
5491
5492 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
5493 (domain search list).
5494
5495 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
5496 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
5497 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
5498 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
5499 implementation of RA.
5500
5501 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
5502 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
5503 ISO date values.
5504
5505 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
5506 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
5507 devices.
5508
5509 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
5510 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
5511 option.
5512
5513 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
5514 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
5515 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
5516 default yet.
5517
5518 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
5519 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
5520 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
5521 SHA256SUMS files.
5522
5523 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
5524 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
5525
5526 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
5527
5528 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
5529
5530 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
5531 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
5532
5533 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
5534 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
5535 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
5536 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
5537
5538 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
5539 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
5540 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
5541 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
5542 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
5543 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
5544 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
5545 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
5546 systemd-logind to be safe. See
5547 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
5548
5549 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
5550 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
5551 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
5552 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
5553 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
5554 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
5555 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
5556 after all the plugins exit.
5557
5558 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
5559 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
5560 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
5561 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
5562 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
5563 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
5564 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
5565 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5566 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
5567 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
5568 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
5569 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
5570 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
5571 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
5572 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
5573 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5574 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
5575 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
5576 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
5577 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
5578 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
5579 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
5580 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
5581 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
5582 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
5583 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
5584 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
5585 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
5586 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
5587 Георгиевски
5588
5589 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
5590
5591 CHANGES WITH 233:
5592
5593 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
5594 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
5595 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
5596 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
5597 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
5598 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
5599 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
5600 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
5601 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
5602
5603 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
5604 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
5605 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
5606 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
5607 default selected on the configure command line
5608 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
5609 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
5610 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
5611 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
5612 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
5613 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
5614 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
5615 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
5616 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
5617 greatest stability and compatibility only.
5618
5619 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
5620 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
5621 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
5622 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
5623 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
5624 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
5625 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
5626 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
5627 further details about this.)
5628
5629 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
5630 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
5631 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
5632
5633 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
5634 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
5635
5636 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
5637 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
5638 with 'make install-tests'.
5639
5640 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
5641 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
5642 kernel.
5643
5644 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
5645 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
5646 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
5647 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
5648 by the Slice= option.
5649
5650 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
5651 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
5652 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
5653 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
5654
5655 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
5656 following choices:
5657
5658 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
5659 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
5660 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
5661 (h)elp
5662 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
5663 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
5664 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
5665 (y)es, execute the command
5666
5667 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
5668 because its meaning was confusing.
5669
5670 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
5671 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
5672
5673 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
5674 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
5675 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
5676
5677 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
5678 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
5679 state directly, without executing these commands.
5680
5681 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
5682 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
5683 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
5684
5685 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
5686 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
5687 combination with After=) have been started.
5688
5689 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
5690 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
5691 setting, and which system calls they contain.
5692
5693 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
5694 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
5695 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
5696 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
5697 configuration related calls.
5698
5699 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
5700 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
5701 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
5702 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
5703 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
5704 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
5705 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
5706
5707 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
5708 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
5709
5710 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
5711 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
5712 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
5713
5714 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
5715 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
5716
5717 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
5718 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
5719 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
5720 for compatibility.
5721
5722 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
5723 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
5724
5725 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
5726 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
5727
5728 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
5729 support for negative matching.
5730
5731 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
5732
5733 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
5734 permitted runtime of the mount command.
5735
5736 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
5737 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
5738 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
5739 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
5740 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
5741 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
5742 removed from the drive.
5743
5744 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
5745 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
5746
5747 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
5748 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
5749
5750 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
5751 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
5752 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
5753
5754 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
5755 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
5756 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
5757 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
5758 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
5759 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
5760 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
5761
5762 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
5763 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
5764 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
5765 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
5766 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
5767 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
5768
5769 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
5770 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
5771
5772 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
5773 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
5774 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
5775 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
5776 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
5777 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
5778 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
5779 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
5780
5781 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
5782 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
5783 including all control processes.
5784
5785 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
5786 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
5787 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
5788
5789 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
5790 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
5791 prefixing the source path with "+".
5792
5793 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
5794 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
5795 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
5796 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
5797 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
5798 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
5799 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
5800 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
5801
5802 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
5803 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
5804 before).
5805
5806 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
5807 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
5808 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
5809 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
5810 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
5811 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
5812 the new --root-hash= command line option).
5813
5814 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
5815 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
5816 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
5817 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
5818 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
5819 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
5820 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
5821 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
5822 versions.
5823
5824 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
5825 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
5826 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
5827 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
5828 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
5829 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
5830 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
5831 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
5832 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
5833 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
5834 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
5835 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
5836 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
5837 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
5838 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
5839 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
5840 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
5841 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
5842 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
5843 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
5844 a Verity-enabled root partition.
5845
5846 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
5847 accelerometer quirks.
5848
5849 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
5850 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
5851 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
5852 ID of each service.
5853
5854 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
5855 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
5856 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
5857 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
5858 view.
5859
5860 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
5861 environment variables:
5862
5863 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
5864
5865 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
5866 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
5867 address.
5868
5869 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
5870 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
5871 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
5872
5873 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
5874 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
5875 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
5876 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
5877 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
5878 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
5879 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
5880 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
5881 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
5882 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
5883 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
5884 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
5885 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
5886
5887 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
5888 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
5889 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
5890
5891 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
5892 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
5893
5894 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
5895 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
5896 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
5897 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
5898 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
5899
5900 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
5901 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
5902 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
5903
5904 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
5905 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
5906
5907 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
5908 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
5909 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
5910 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
5911
5912 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
5913 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
5914 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
5915 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
5916 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
5917 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
5918 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
5919 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
5920 possibly even including full integrity data.
5921
5922 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
5923 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
5924 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
5925 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
5926 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
5927
5928 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
5929 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
5930 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
5931 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
5932 directly with systemd-nspawn.
5933
5934 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
5935 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
5936 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
5937 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
5938
5939 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
5940 of coredumps in reverse order.
5941
5942 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
5943 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
5944 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
5945 additional informational message in its output.
5946
5947 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
5948 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
5949 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
5950
5951 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
5952 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
5953 scripting languages such as Python.
5954
5955 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
5956 namespacing is enabled for them.
5957
5958 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
5959 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
5960 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
5961 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
5962 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
5963 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
5964
5965 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
5966 root key (KSK).
5967
5968 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
5969 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
5970 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
5971
5972 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
5973 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
5974 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
5975 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
5976 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
5977 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
5978 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
5979 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
5980 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
5981 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
5982 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
5983 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
5984 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
5985 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
5986 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
5987 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
5988 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
5989 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
5990 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
5991 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
5992 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
5993 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
5994 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
5995 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
5996 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
5997 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
5998 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
5999 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
6000 Тихонов
6001
6002 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
6003
6004 CHANGES WITH 232:
6005
6006 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
6007 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
6008 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
6009 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
6010 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
6011 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
6012
6013 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
6014 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
6015
6016 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
6017 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
6018 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6019
6020 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
6021 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
6022 to be remounted read-only for a service.
6023
6024 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
6025 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
6026 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
6027 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
6028
6029 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
6030 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
6031
6032 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
6033 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
6034 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
6035
6036 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
6037 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
6038 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
6039 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
6040 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
6041 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
6042 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
6043 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
6044 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
6045 permanent modifications to the system.
6046
6047 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
6048 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
6049 container or chroot environments.
6050
6051 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
6052 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
6053 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
6054 mapped to nobody.
6055
6056 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
6057 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
6058 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
6059 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
6060
6061 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
6062 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
6063
6064 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
6065 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
6066 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
6067 and the support is provisional.
6068
6069 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
6070 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
6071 unit files in the file system).
6072
6073 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
6074 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
6075 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
6076 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
6077 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
6078 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
6079 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
6080 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
6081 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
6082 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
6083 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
6084 state is fixed automatically.
6085
6086 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
6087 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
6088 option.
6089
6090 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
6091 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
6092 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
6093 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
6094 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
6095 else.
6096
6097 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
6098 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
6099 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
6100 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
6101 bootable on physical systems.
6102
6103 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
6104
6105 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
6106 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
6107 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
6108 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
6109 used.
6110
6111 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
6112 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
6113 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
6114 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
6115
6116 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
6117
6118 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
6119 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
6120 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
6121 of the container).
6122
6123 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
6124 files from the specified location.
6125
6126 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
6127 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
6128 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
6129 be active.
6130
6131 * The hardware database has been extended to support
6132 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
6133 trackball devices.
6134
6135 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
6136 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
6137 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
6138
6139 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
6140 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
6141 specified service binary exited.)
6142
6143 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
6144 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
6145
6146 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
6147 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
6148 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
6149 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
6150 --since= and --until= options.
6151
6152 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
6153 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
6154 are automatically propagated to the container.
6155
6156 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
6157 from a single IP address can be limited with
6158 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
6159 MaxConnections=.
6160
6161 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
6162 configuration.
6163
6164 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
6165 drop-ins.
6166
6167 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
6168 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
6169 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
6170 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
6171 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
6172 [Link] section of .link files.
6173
6174 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
6175 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
6176 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
6177 section of .netdev files.
6178
6179 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
6180 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
6181 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
6182
6183 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
6184 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
6185 .network files.
6186
6187 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
6188 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
6189 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
6190 service runtime cycle.
6191
6192 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
6193 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
6194 has been traditionally doing.
6195
6196 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
6197 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
6198 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
6199 prevent any later plugins from running.
6200
6201 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
6202 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
6203 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
6204 default of SplitMode=uid.
6205
6206 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
6207 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
6208 useful.
6209
6210 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
6211 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
6212 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
6213 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
6214 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
6215 individual namespaces.
6216
6217 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
6218 the output, as well as OS release information.
6219
6220 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
6221
6222 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
6223 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
6224 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
6225 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
6226 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
6227
6228 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
6229 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
6230 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
6231 severed.
6232
6233 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
6234 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
6235 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
6236 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
6237 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
6238 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
6239 information about exit statuses and results.
6240
6241 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
6242 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
6243 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
6244 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
6245 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
6246 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
6247
6248 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
6249
6250 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
6251 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
6252 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
6253 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
6254 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
6255 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
6256 entirely.
6257
6258 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
6259 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
6260 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
6261
6262 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
6263 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
6264 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
6265 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
6266 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
6267 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
6268 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
6269 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
6270 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
6271 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
6272 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
6273 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
6274 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
6275 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
6276 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
6277 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
6278 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
6279
6280 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
6281 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
6282 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
6283 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
6284
6285 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
6286 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
6287 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
6288 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
6289
6290 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
6291 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
6292 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
6293 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
6294 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
6295 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
6296 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
6297 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
6298 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
6299 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
6300 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
6301 fragment entirely.)
6302
6303 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
6304 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
6305 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
6306
6307 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
6308 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
6309 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
6310 FileDescriptorName= setting.
6311
6312 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
6313 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
6314 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
6315 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
6316 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
6317 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
6318
6319 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
6320 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
6321
6322 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
6323 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
6324
6325 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
6326 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
6327 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
6328 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
6329 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
6330
6331 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
6332 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
6333 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
6334 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6335 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
6336 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
6337 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
6338 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
6339 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
6340 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
6341 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
6342 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
6343 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
6344 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
6345 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6346 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
6347 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
6348 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
6349 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
6350 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
6351 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
6352 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
6353 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
6354 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
6355 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6356 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
6357
6358 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
6359
6360 CHANGES WITH 231:
6361
6362 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
6363 with an additional special character as first argument of the
6364 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
6365 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
6366 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
6367 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
6368 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
6369 independently.
6370
6371 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
6372 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
6373
6374 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
6375 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
6376 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
6377 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
6378 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
6379 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
6380 values.
6381
6382 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
6383 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
6384 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
6385 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
6386 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
6387
6388 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
6389 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
6390 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
6391 7:10am every day.
6392
6393 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
6394 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
6395 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
6396 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
6397 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
6398 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
6399 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
6400 available for compatibility.
6401
6402 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
6403 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
6404 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
6405 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
6406 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
6407 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
6408
6409 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
6410 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
6411 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
6412 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
6413 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
6414 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
6415 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
6416 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
6417 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
6418
6419 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
6420 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
6421 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
6422 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
6423 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
6424 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
6425 desired options.
6426
6427 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
6428 cgroup v2.
6429
6430 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
6431 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
6432 limited to subgroups of that group.
6433
6434 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
6435 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
6436 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
6437 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
6438 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
6439 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
6440 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
6441 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
6442
6443 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
6444 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
6445 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
6446 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
6447 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
6448 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
6449 own long-running services.
6450
6451 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
6452 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
6453 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
6454 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
6455
6456 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
6457 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
6458 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
6459 propagates this notification further to the service manager
6460 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
6461 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
6462 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
6463 primitives.
6464
6465 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
6466 "terminate".
6467
6468 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
6469 link-local IPv6 addresses.
6470
6471 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
6472 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
6473 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
6474 --flush-caches".
6475
6476 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
6477 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
6478 is shown.
6479
6480 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
6481 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
6482 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
6483 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
6484 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
6485 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
6486
6487 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
6488 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
6489 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
6490 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
6491 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
6492 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
6493 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
6494 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
6495 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
6496 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
6497 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
6498 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
6499 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
6500 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
6501 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
6502 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
6503 bus API instead.
6504
6505 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
6506 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
6507 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
6508 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
6509
6510 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
6511 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
6512 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
6513 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
6514
6515 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
6516 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
6517 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
6518
6519 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
6520 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
6521
6522 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
6523 interface configuration.
6524
6525 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
6526 specifying the --force switch.
6527
6528 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
6529 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
6530 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
6531
6532 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
6533 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
6534 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
6535 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
6536 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
6537 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
6538 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
6539 to be handled.
6540
6541 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
6542 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
6543
6544 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
6545 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
6546
6547 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
6548 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
6549 of persistent symlinks for that device.
6550
6551 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
6552 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
6553
6554 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
6555 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
6556 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
6557 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
6558 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
6559 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
6560 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
6561 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
6562 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
6563 library.
6564
6565 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
6566 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
6567 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
6568 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
6569 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
6570 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
6571 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
6572 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
6573 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
6574 doc/HACKING for details.
6575
6576 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
6577 distribution's bugtracker.
6578
6579 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
6580 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
6581 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
6582 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
6583 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
6584 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
6585 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
6586 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
6587 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
6588 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
6589 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
6590 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
6591 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
6592 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
6593 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
6594 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
6595 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
6596 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
6597 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6598
6599 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
6600
6601 CHANGES WITH 230:
6602
6603 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
6604 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
6605 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
6606 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
6607 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
6608 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
6609 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
6610 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
6611 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
6612 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
6613 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
6614 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
6615 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
6616 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
6617 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
6618 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
6619 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
6620 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
6621 applications.)
6622
6623 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
6624 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
6625 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
6626
6627 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
6628 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
6629 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
6630 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
6631 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
6632 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
6633 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
6634
6635 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
6636 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
6637 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
6638 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
6639 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
6640 command works for tmux.
6641
6642 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
6643 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
6644 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
6645 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
6646 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
6647 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
6648
6649 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
6650 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
6651
6652 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
6653 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
6654 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
6655
6656 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
6657
6658 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
6659 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
6660 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
6661 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
6662 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
6663
6664 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
6665 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
6666 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
6667 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
6668
6669 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
6670 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
6671 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
6672 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
6673 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
6674 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
6675
6676 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
6677 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
6678 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
6679
6680 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
6681 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
6682 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
6683 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
6684 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
6685 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
6686
6687 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
6688 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
6689 address.
6690
6691 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
6692 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
6693 should be emitted.
6694
6695 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
6696 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
6697 supported.
6698
6699 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
6700 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
6701 logging performance.
6702
6703 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
6704 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
6705 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
6706 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
6707 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
6708 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
6709
6710 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
6711 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
6712 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
6713 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
6714
6715 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
6716 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
6717
6718 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
6719 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
6720 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
6721
6722 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
6723
6724 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
6725 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
6726 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
6727 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
6728
6729 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
6730 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
6731 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
6732 refuse to operate on such files.
6733
6734 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
6735 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
6736 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
6737
6738 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
6739 just hidden container images.
6740
6741 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
6742 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
6743
6744 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
6745 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
6746 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
6747 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
6748 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
6749 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
6750 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
6751 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
6752 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
6753 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
6754 been changed to use this functionality by default.
6755
6756 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
6757 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
6758 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
6759 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
6760 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
6761 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
6762 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
6763 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
6764 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
6765 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
6766 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
6767 terminates.
6768
6769 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
6770 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
6771 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
6772 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
6773
6774 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
6775 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
6776 rate of the socket unit.
6777
6778 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
6779 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
6780 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
6781 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
6782 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
6783
6784 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
6785 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
6786 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
6787 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
6788 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
6789 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
6790 with this.
6791
6792 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
6793 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
6794
6795 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
6796 merged into the kernel in its current form.
6797
6798 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
6799 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
6800 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
6801 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
6802 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
6803
6804 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
6805 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
6806 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
6807
6808 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
6809 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
6810 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
6811 target is now included in early userspace.
6812
6813 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
6814 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
6815 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
6816 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
6817 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
6818 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
6819 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
6820 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
6821 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
6822 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
6823 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
6824 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
6825 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
6826 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
6827 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
6828 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
6829 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
6830 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
6831 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
6832 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6833 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
6834 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
6835 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
6836 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
6837 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6838 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6839
6840 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
6841
6842 CHANGES WITH 229:
6843
6844 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
6845 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
6846 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
6847 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
6848 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
6849 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
6850 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
6851 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
6852 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
6853 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
6854 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
6855 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
6856 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
6857
6858 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
6859 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
6860 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
6861 /usr/bin.
6862
6863 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
6864 devices.
6865
6866 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
6867 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
6868 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
6869 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
6870 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
6871 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
6872 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
6873 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
6874 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
6875 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
6876 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
6877 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
6878 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
6879 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
6880 this limit.
6881
6882 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
6883 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
6884 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
6885 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
6886 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
6887 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
6888 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
6889 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
6890
6891 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
6892 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
6893 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
6894 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
6895 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
6896 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
6897 and group at package installation time.
6898
6899 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
6900 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
6901 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
6902 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
6903 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
6904
6905 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
6906 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
6907 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
6908 supports it.
6909
6910 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
6911 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
6912
6913 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
6914 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
6915 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
6916 file is already initialized.
6917
6918 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
6919 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
6920 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
6921 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
6922 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
6923 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
6924 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
6925 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
6926 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
6927
6928 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
6929 working directory for the process started in the container.
6930
6931 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
6932 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
6933 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
6934 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
6935 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
6936
6937 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
6938 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
6939 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
6940
6941 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
6942 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
6943 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
6944 sd_journal_restart_fields().
6945
6946 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
6947 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
6948 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
6949 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
6950 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
6951
6952 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
6953 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
6954 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
6955 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
6956
6957 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
6958 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
6959 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
6960 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
6961 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
6962 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
6963 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
6964 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
6965 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
6966 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
6967 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
6968 by PID 1.
6969
6970 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
6971 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
6972 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
6973 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
6974 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
6975 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
6976 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
6977 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
6978
6979 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
6980
6981 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
6982 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
6983 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
6984
6985 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
6986 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
6987 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
6988 recent kernels.
6989
6990 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
6991 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
6992
6993 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
6994 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
6995 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
6996 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
6997 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
6998 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
6999 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
7000 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
7001 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
7002 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
7003 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
7004 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
7005 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
7006
7007 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
7008 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
7009 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
7010 clusters or larger setups.
7011
7012 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
7013
7014 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
7015 sockets.
7016
7017 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
7018
7019 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
7020 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
7021 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
7022 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
7023 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
7024 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
7025
7026 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
7027 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
7028 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
7029
7030 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
7031 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
7032 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
7033 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
7034
7035 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
7036
7037 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
7038 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
7039 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
7040 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
7041 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
7042 maintain compatibility.
7043
7044 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
7045 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
7046 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
7047 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
7048 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
7049 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
7050 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
7051 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
7052 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
7053 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
7054 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
7055 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7056 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
7057 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
7058 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
7059 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
7060 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7061 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
7062 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7063
7064 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
7065
7066 CHANGES WITH 228:
7067
7068 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
7069 files are now also available as properties to set when
7070 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
7071 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
7072 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
7073 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
7074 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
7075 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
7076 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
7077
7078 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
7079 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
7080 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
7081
7082 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
7083 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
7084 created transiently.
7085
7086 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
7087 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
7088 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
7089 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
7090 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
7091 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
7092 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
7093 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
7094
7095 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
7096 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
7097 disk and sync the files, before returning.
7098
7099 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
7100 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
7101 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
7102 enabled.
7103
7104 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
7105 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
7106 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
7107 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
7108 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
7109 subvolumes.
7110
7111 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
7112 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
7113
7114 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
7115 individual indexes.
7116
7117 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
7118 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
7119 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
7120 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
7121 now.
7122
7123 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
7124 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
7125 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
7126 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
7127 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
7128 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
7129 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
7130 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
7131 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
7132 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
7133 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
7134 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
7135 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
7136 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
7137 number of processes or tasks each user may own
7138 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
7139 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
7140 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
7141 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
7142 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
7143 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
7144
7145 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
7146 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
7147 links between the host and the container.
7148
7149 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
7150 added that allows importing select environment variables
7151 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
7152 the service.
7153
7154 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
7155 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
7156 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
7157 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
7158 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
7159 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
7160 than until they first elapse.
7161
7162 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
7163 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
7164 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
7165 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
7166 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
7167 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
7168 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
7169 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
7170
7171 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
7172 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
7173 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
7174 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
7175 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
7176 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
7177 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
7178 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
7179 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
7180 journal and in coredump handling.
7181
7182 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
7183 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
7184 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
7185 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
7186 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
7187 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
7188 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
7189 software you package still references it, as this is a
7190 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
7191 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
7192
7193 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
7194
7195 Note that only util-linux versions built with
7196 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
7197
7198 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
7199 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
7200 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
7201
7202 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
7203 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
7204 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
7205 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
7206 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
7207 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
7208 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
7209 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
7210 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
7211 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
7212 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
7213 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
7214 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
7215 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
7216 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
7217 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
7218
7219 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
7220 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
7221 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
7222 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
7223 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
7224 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
7225 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
7226 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
7227 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
7228 surprises.
7229
7230 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
7231 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
7232 to the various user database fields of the user that the
7233 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
7234 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
7235 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
7236 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
7237 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
7238 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
7239 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
7240 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
7241 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
7242 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
7243 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
7244 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
7245 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
7246 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
7247 of PID 1 is the root user).
7248
7249 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
7250 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
7251 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7252 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
7253 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
7254 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
7255 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7256 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
7257 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7258 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
7259 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
7260 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
7261 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7262 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
7263 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7264
7265 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
7266
7267 CHANGES WITH 227:
7268
7269 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
7270 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
7271 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
7272
7273 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
7274 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
7275 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
7276 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
7277 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
7278 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
7279
7280 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
7281 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
7282 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
7283 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
7284 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
7285
7286 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
7287 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
7288 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
7289 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
7290 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
7291 packets on unestablished sockets.
7292
7293 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
7294 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
7295 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
7296 automatically.
7297
7298 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
7299 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
7300 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
7301
7302 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
7303 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
7304 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
7305 for disk IO.
7306
7307 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
7308 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
7309 removed.
7310
7311 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
7312 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
7313 directory is set to the home directory of the user
7314 configured in User=.
7315
7316 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
7317 directory of the selected user by default.
7318
7319 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
7320 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
7321 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
7322 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
7323 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
7324 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
7325 compat reasons.
7326
7327 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
7328 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
7329 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
7330 units.
7331
7332 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
7333 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
7334 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
7335 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
7336 level.
7337
7338 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
7339 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
7340 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
7341 namespaces work correctly.
7342
7343 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
7344 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
7345 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
7346 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
7347 activation.
7348
7349 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
7350 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
7351 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
7352 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
7353 system instance in a container.
7354
7355 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
7356 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
7357 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
7358 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
7359 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
7360 connections.
7361
7362 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
7363 show the control groups within a certain container only.
7364
7365 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
7366 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
7367 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
7368 processes attached, or similar.
7369
7370 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
7371 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
7372 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
7373
7374 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
7375 specifiers like %i or %f.
7376
7377 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
7378 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
7379 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
7380 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
7381
7382 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
7383 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
7384 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
7385 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
7386 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
7387 descriptors using sd_notify().
7388
7389 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
7390
7391 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
7392 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
7393
7394 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
7395 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
7396
7397 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
7398 .network files.
7399
7400 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
7401 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
7402 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
7403 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
7404 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
7405 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
7406 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
7407 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
7408 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
7409 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
7410 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
7411 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
7412 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
7413 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
7414 gdm-autologin is used.
7415
7416 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
7417 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
7418 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
7419 next to the image file.
7420
7421 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
7422 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
7423 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
7424 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
7425
7426 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
7427 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
7428 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
7429 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
7430 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
7431 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
7432
7433 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
7434 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
7435 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
7436 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
7437 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
7438 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
7439 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
7440 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
7441 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
7442 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
7443 number of files in place.
7444
7445 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
7446 on kernels where that is supported.
7447
7448 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
7449
7450 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
7451 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
7452 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
7453 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7454 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
7455 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
7456 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
7457 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
7458 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
7459 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
7460 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
7461 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7462 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
7463 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
7464 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
7465 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7466 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
7467 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
7468
7469 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
7470
7471 CHANGES WITH 226:
7472
7473 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
7474 new features:
7475
7476 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
7477 information. It may be enabled and configured via
7478 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
7479 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
7480 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
7481 is any) is propagated.
7482
7483 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
7484 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
7485 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
7486 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
7487 information is enabled between host and containers by
7488 default now: the container will change its local timezone
7489 to what the host has set.
7490
7491 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
7492 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
7493
7494 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
7495 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
7496 information back, even if the server loses state.
7497
7498 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
7499 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
7500 PoolSize=.
7501
7502 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
7503 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
7504 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
7505 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
7506
7507 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
7508 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
7509 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
7510 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
7511 'dbus-daemon' systems.
7512
7513 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
7514 for virtio devices.
7515
7516 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
7517 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
7518 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
7519 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
7520 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
7521 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
7522 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
7523 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
7524 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
7525 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
7526 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
7527 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
7528 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
7529 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
7530 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
7531 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
7532 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
7533 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
7534 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
7535 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
7536 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
7537 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
7538 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
7539 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
7540 grants them.
7541
7542 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
7543 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
7544 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
7545 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
7546 group tree.
7547
7548 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
7549 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
7550 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
7551 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
7552 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
7553 work correctly in containers now.
7554
7555 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
7556 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
7557
7558 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
7559 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
7560 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
7561 function call is particularly useful when implementing
7562 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
7563
7564 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
7565 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
7566 signal events.
7567
7568 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
7569 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
7570 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
7571 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
7572
7573 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
7574 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
7575 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
7576 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
7577 nspawn command line.
7578
7579 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
7580 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
7581 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7582 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
7583 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
7584 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
7585 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7586 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
7587
7588 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
7589
7590 CHANGES WITH 225:
7591
7592 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
7593 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
7594 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
7595 shell directly without prompting for username or
7596 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
7597 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
7598 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
7599 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
7600 the originating session.
7601
7602 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
7603 options and allows other programs to query the values.
7604
7605 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
7606 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
7607 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
7608 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
7609 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
7610 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
7611 probably not stabilize on this release.
7612
7613 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
7614 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
7615 messages.
7616
7617 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
7618 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
7619 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
7620
7621 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
7622 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
7623
7624 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
7625 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
7626 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
7627 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
7628 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
7629 posteriori.
7630
7631 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
7632 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
7633
7634 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
7635 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
7636 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
7637 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
7638 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
7639 "lastlog" tools.
7640
7641 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
7642 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
7643 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
7644 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
7645 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
7646
7647 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
7648 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
7649 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
7650 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
7651 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
7652 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
7653 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
7654 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
7655 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
7656 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
7657 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
7658 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7659
7660 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
7661
7662 CHANGES WITH 224:
7663
7664 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
7665 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
7666
7667 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
7668 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
7669 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
7670
7671 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
7672 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7673 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
7674
7675 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
7676
7677 CHANGES WITH 223:
7678
7679 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
7680 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
7681 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
7682 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
7683
7684 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
7685 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
7686
7687 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
7688 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
7689
7690 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
7691
7692 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
7693 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
7694 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
7695
7696 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
7697 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
7698 decapsulated packet.
7699
7700 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
7701 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
7702 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
7703 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
7704 netlink attribute.
7705
7706 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
7707 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
7708 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
7709 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
7710
7711 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
7712 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
7713 according to RFC2460.
7714
7715 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
7716 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
7717
7718 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
7719 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
7720 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
7721
7722 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
7723 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
7724 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
7725 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
7726 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
7727 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
7728
7729 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
7730 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
7731 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
7732 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
7733 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7734 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
7735 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
7736 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
7737 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
7738 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7739
7740 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
7741
7742 CHANGES WITH 222:
7743
7744 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
7745 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
7746 or should be used to work around such bugs.
7747
7748 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
7749 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
7750
7751 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
7752 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
7753 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
7754 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
7755 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
7756
7757 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
7758 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
7759 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
7760
7761 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
7762 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
7763 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
7764 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
7765 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
7766
7767 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
7768
7769 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
7770 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
7771 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
7772 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
7773 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
7774 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7775 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
7776 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
7777 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7778 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7779
7780 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
7781
7782 CHANGES WITH 221:
7783
7784 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
7785 stable and have been added to the official interface of
7786 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
7787 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
7788 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
7789 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
7790 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
7791 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
7792 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
7793 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
7794 portable to other kernels.
7795
7796 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
7797 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
7798 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
7799 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
7800 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
7801 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
7802 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
7803 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
7804 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
7805 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
7806 systemd enabled.
7807
7808 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
7809 2.26.
7810
7811 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
7812 favor of calling an abstraction tool
7813 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
7814 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
7815 in README for details.
7816
7817 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
7818 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
7819 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
7820 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
7821 unit.
7822
7823 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
7824 into man pages.
7825
7826 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
7827 external project.
7828
7829 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
7830 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
7831
7832 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
7833 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
7834 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
7835 state.
7836
7837 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
7838 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
7839 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
7840
7841 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
7842 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
7843 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
7844 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
7845 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
7846 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
7847 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
7848 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
7849 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
7850 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
7851 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
7852 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
7853 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
7854 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7855 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
7856 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7857
7858 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
7859
7860 CHANGES WITH 220:
7861
7862 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
7863 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
7864 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
7865 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
7866 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
7867 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
7868 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
7869 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
7870
7871 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
7872 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
7873 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
7874 service consumed). This value is only available if
7875 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
7876 in the "systemctl status" output.
7877
7878 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
7879 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
7880 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
7881 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
7882 previously was already the default behaviour).
7883
7884 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
7885 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
7886 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
7887
7888 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
7889 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
7890 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
7891 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
7892
7893 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
7894 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
7895 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
7896 journaling file systems that support external journal
7897 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
7898 systems to be mounted.
7899
7900 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
7901 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
7902 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
7903 stable release this should not be problematic.
7904
7905 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
7906 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
7907 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
7908 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
7909 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
7910
7911 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
7912 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
7913 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
7914 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
7915 network switches.
7916
7917 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
7918 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
7919
7920 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
7921 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
7922 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
7923
7924 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
7925
7926 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
7927 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
7928 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
7929 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
7930 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
7931 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
7932 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
7933 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
7934 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
7935 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
7936 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
7937 been fixed in v220.
7938
7939 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
7940 systemd-networkd.
7941
7942 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
7943 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
7944 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
7945 containers started from the command line.
7946
7947 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
7948 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
7949
7950 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
7951 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
7952 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
7953 indirection via a pseudo tty.
7954
7955 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
7956 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
7957 when shutting down.
7958
7959 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
7960 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
7961 overlayfs support.
7962
7963 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
7964 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
7965 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
7966 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
7967 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
7968 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
7969 images are imported via systemd-importd.
7970
7971 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
7972 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
7973 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
7974
7975 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
7976 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
7977 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
7978 of v1 as before).
7979
7980 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
7981 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
7982
7983 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
7984 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
7985 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
7986 without further privileges or authorization.
7987
7988 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
7989 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
7990 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
7991 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
7992 accessible via a bus interface.
7993
7994 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
7995 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
7996 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
7997 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
7998 to cover this functionality.
7999
8000 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
8001 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
8002 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
8003 disabled/masked also stopped.
8004
8005 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
8006 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
8007 updated to support systemd-boot.
8008
8009 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
8010 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
8011 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
8012 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
8013 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
8014 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
8015 like this and can extract OS release information from them
8016 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
8017 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
8018
8019 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
8020 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
8021 system.
8022
8023 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
8024 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
8025 logic has been turned into a allow list that requires picking block
8026 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
8027
8028 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
8029 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
8030 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
8031 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
8032
8033 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
8034 stick devices has been added.
8035
8036 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
8037 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
8038
8039 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
8040 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
8041 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
8042 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
8043 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
8044
8045 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
8046 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
8047 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
8048
8049 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
8050 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
8051 Debian.
8052
8053 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
8054 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
8055 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
8056
8057 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
8058 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
8059 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
8060 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
8061 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
8062 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
8063 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
8064 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
8065 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
8066 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
8067 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
8068 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
8069 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
8070 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
8071 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
8072 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
8073 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
8074 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8075 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
8076 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
8077 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
8078 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
8079 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
8080 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
8081 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
8082 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
8083 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8084
8085 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
8086
8087 CHANGES WITH 219:
8088
8089 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
8090 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
8091 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
8092 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
8093 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
8094 interface with and update the database.
8095
8096 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
8097 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
8098 before bytewise copying is done.
8099
8100 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
8101 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
8102 directory, and immediately removed when the container
8103 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
8104 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
8105 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
8106 for starting a container off the root file system of the
8107 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
8108 available on btrfs file systems.
8109
8110 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
8111 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
8112 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
8113 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
8114 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
8115 systems.
8116
8117 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
8118 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
8119 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
8120 mount point remains.
8121
8122 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
8123 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
8124 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
8125 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
8126 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
8127 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
8128 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
8129 are disabled.
8130
8131 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
8132 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
8133 container to the host or vice versa.
8134
8135 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
8136 mount host directories into local containers. This is
8137 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
8138
8139 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
8140 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
8141
8142 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
8143 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
8144 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
8145 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
8146 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
8147 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
8148 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
8149 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
8150 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
8151 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
8152 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
8153 make the functionality of importd available to the
8154 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
8155 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
8156 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
8157 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
8158 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
8159 only fully supported on btrfs.
8160
8161 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
8162 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
8163 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
8164 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
8165 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
8166 information about images.
8167
8168 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
8169 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
8170 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
8171 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
8172 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
8173 legacy file systems).
8174
8175 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
8176 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
8177 shown in networkctl output.
8178
8179 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
8180 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
8181 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
8182 processes as system services while interactively
8183 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
8184 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
8185 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
8186 full login session, the difference being that the former
8187 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
8188 setup.
8189
8190 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
8191 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
8192 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
8193 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
8194 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
8195
8196 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
8197 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
8198 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
8199 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
8200 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
8201 via qemu/kvm.
8202
8203 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
8204 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
8205 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
8206 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
8207 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
8208 disk images, too.
8209
8210 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
8211 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
8212 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
8213 integrate with that.
8214
8215 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
8216 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
8217 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
8218 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
8219
8220 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
8221 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
8222 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
8223
8224 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
8225 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
8226 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
8227 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
8228 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
8229 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
8230 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
8231 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
8232 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
8233 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
8234
8235 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
8236 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
8237 files.
8238
8239 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
8240 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
8241 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
8242 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
8243 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
8244 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
8245 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
8246 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
8247 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
8248 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
8249 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
8250 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
8251 explicitly turned on.
8252
8253 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
8254 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
8255 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
8256 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
8257
8258 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
8259 supported.
8260
8261 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
8262 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
8263 user/session following the status output. Similar,
8264 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
8265 associated with a virtual machine or container
8266 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
8267 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
8268 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
8269 output however.)
8270
8271 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
8272 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
8273 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
8274 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
8275 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
8276 caller's session/user.
8277
8278 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
8279 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
8280 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
8281 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
8282 user services.
8283
8284 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
8285 same way as unit files.
8286
8287 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
8288 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
8289 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
8290 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
8291 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
8292 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
8293 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
8294 the host.
8295
8296 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
8297 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
8298 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
8299 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
8300 the host as if their services were running directly on the
8301 host.
8302
8303 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
8304 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
8305 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
8306 updated to make use of it too by default.
8307
8308 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
8309 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
8310 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
8311 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
8312
8313 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
8314 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
8315 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
8316 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
8317 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
8318 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
8319 modification.
8320
8321 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
8322 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
8323 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
8324 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
8325 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
8326 information about Touchpad types.
8327
8328 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
8329 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
8330
8331 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
8332 Policy link field.
8333
8334 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
8335 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
8336
8337 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
8338 ACLs on files.
8339
8340 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
8341 tmpfs, automatically.
8342
8343 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
8344 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
8345 status" output, if available.
8346
8347 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
8348 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
8349 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
8350 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
8351 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
8352 run on next reboot.
8353
8354 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
8355 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
8356 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
8357 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
8358 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
8359 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
8360 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
8361
8362 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
8363 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
8364 after a configurable timeout.
8365
8366 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
8367 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
8368 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
8369 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
8370 it non-idle.
8371
8372 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
8373 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
8374
8375 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
8376 each .network interface in networkd.
8377
8378 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
8379 in .network files.
8380
8381 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
8382 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
8383
8384 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
8385 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
8386 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
8387 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
8388 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
8389 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
8390 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
8391 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
8392 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
8393 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
8394 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
8395 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8396 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
8397 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
8398 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
8399 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
8400 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
8401 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
8402 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
8403 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8404 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
8405 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
8406 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
8407 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8408
8409 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
8410
8411 CHANGES WITH 218:
8412
8413 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
8414 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
8415 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
8416 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
8417
8418 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
8419 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
8420 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
8421 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
8422 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
8423
8424 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
8425
8426 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
8427 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
8428 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
8429 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
8430 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
8431 modified configuration after editing.
8432
8433 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
8434 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
8435 system preset files.
8436
8437 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
8438 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
8439 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
8440 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
8441 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
8442 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
8443 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
8444 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
8445 other contexts.
8446
8447 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
8448 inhibitors.
8449
8450 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
8451 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
8452 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
8453 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
8454 managers.
8455
8456 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
8457 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
8458 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
8459 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
8460 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
8461 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
8462 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
8463 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
8464 parallel to journald.
8465
8466 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
8467 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
8468 available.
8469
8470 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
8471 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
8472 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
8473 or are not older than the specified time.
8474
8475 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
8476 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
8477 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
8478 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
8479
8480 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
8481 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
8482 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
8483 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
8484 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
8485 communication.
8486
8487 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
8488 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
8489 services.
8490
8491 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
8492 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
8493 including their signature and values. This is particularly
8494 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
8495 the new "busctl tree" command.
8496
8497 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
8498 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
8499 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
8500 friendly way.
8501
8502 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
8503 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
8504 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
8505 race-ful way.
8506
8507 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
8508 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
8509 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
8510 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
8511 --link-journal=try-guest.
8512
8513 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
8514 stable MAC addresses.
8515
8516 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
8517 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
8518 the respective unit shall use.
8519
8520 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
8521 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
8522 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
8523 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
8524
8525 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
8526 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
8527 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
8528 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
8529 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
8530 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
8531
8532 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
8533 details see:
8534
8535 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
8536
8537 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
8538 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
8539 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
8540 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
8541 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
8542 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
8543 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
8544 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
8545 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
8546 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
8547 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
8548 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
8549
8550 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
8551 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
8552 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
8553 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
8554 bluetooth, …) is used.
8555
8556 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
8557 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
8558 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
8559 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
8560 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
8561 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
8562 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
8563 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
8564
8565 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
8566 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
8567 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
8568 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
8569 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
8570 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
8571 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
8572 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
8573 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
8574 interface.
8575
8576 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
8577 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
8578 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
8579 luks.name= argument.
8580
8581 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
8582 (this was previously already available for scope and service
8583 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
8584 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
8585 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
8586 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
8587
8588 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
8589 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
8590 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
8591
8592 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
8593 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
8594 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
8595 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
8596 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
8597 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
8598 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
8599 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8600 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
8601 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
8602 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
8603 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
8604 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
8605 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
8606 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
8607 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
8608 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
8609 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8610
8611 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
8612
8613 CHANGES WITH 217:
8614
8615 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
8616 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
8617 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
8618 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
8619
8620 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
8621 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
8622 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
8623 now waits until the operation is complete.
8624
8625 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
8626 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
8627 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
8628 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
8629 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
8630 connection.
8631
8632 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
8633 commands anymore.
8634
8635 * User units are now loaded also from
8636 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
8637 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
8638 supported, but is under the control of the user.
8639
8640 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
8641 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
8642 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
8643 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
8644 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
8645 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
8646 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
8647 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
8648 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
8649 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
8650 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
8651 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
8652 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
8653 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
8654 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
8655 question.
8656
8657 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
8658 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
8659 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
8660
8661 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
8662 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
8663 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
8664 command line to trigger resume.
8665
8666 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
8667 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
8668 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
8669 Desktop=systemd-console.
8670
8671 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
8672 systemd-networkd.
8673
8674 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
8675 from the information provided by the networking stack
8676 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
8677
8678 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
8679 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
8680
8681 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
8682 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
8683 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
8684
8685 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
8686
8687 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
8688 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
8689 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
8690 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
8691 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
8692 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
8693
8694 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
8695 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
8696 respected.
8697
8698 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
8699 virtualization.
8700
8701 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
8702 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
8703 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
8704 on.
8705
8706 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
8707
8708 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
8709
8710 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
8711 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
8712 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
8713 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
8714 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
8715 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
8716 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
8717
8718 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
8719 available for service units, that allows locking all service
8720 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
8721 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
8722 from the service's view entirely.
8723
8724 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
8725 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
8726
8727 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
8728 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
8729 session.
8730
8731 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
8732 legacy-free systems.
8733
8734 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
8735 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
8736 easily.
8737
8738 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
8739 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
8740 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
8741 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
8742 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
8743 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
8744 option.
8745
8746 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
8747 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
8748 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
8749 /usr.
8750
8751 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
8752 services, not only the main process.
8753
8754 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
8755 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
8756 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
8757 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
8758 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
8759
8760 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
8761 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
8762 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
8763 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
8764 directly from now on, again.
8765
8766 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
8767 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
8768 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
8769 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
8770 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
8771 enabling and disabling.
8772
8773 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
8774 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
8775 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
8776 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
8777 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
8778 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
8779 unnecessary or unlikely.
8780
8781 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
8782 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
8783 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
8784 "annually", "hourly", …).
8785
8786 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
8787 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
8788 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
8789 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
8790 overwritten at runtime.
8791
8792 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
8793 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
8794 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
8795 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
8796 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
8797 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
8798 segmentation fault.
8799
8800 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
8801 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
8802 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
8803 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
8804 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
8805 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
8806 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
8807 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
8808 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
8809 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8810 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
8811 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
8812 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
8813 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
8814 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
8815 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
8816 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
8817 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
8818 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8819 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
8820 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
8821 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8822
8823 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
8824
8825 CHANGES WITH 216:
8826
8827 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
8828 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
8829 implementations should add a
8830
8831 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
8832
8833 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
8834 default functionality.
8835
8836 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
8837 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
8838 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
8839 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
8840 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
8841 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
8842 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
8843 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
8844 files might need to be owned by them. A new
8845 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
8846 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
8847 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
8848 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
8849
8850 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
8851 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
8852 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
8853 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
8854 added eventually, too.
8855
8856 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
8857 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
8858 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
8859 new command to update these fields.
8860
8861 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
8862 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
8863 have been discovered via DHCP.
8864
8865 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
8866 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
8867 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
8868 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
8869 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
8870 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
8871 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
8872 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
8873 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
8874 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
8875 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
8876 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
8877 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
8878 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
8879 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
8880 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
8881 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
8882 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
8883 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
8884 implementation to systemd-resolved.
8885
8886 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
8887 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
8888 containers to their respective IP addresses.
8889
8890 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
8891 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
8892 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
8893 and present it to the user in a very friendly
8894 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
8895 control utility for networkd.
8896
8897 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
8898 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
8899 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
8900 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
8901 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
8902 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
8903 (NoDelay=).
8904
8905 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
8906 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
8907
8908 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
8909 be started only after time-sync.target has been
8910 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
8911 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
8912 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
8913 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
8914
8915 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
8916 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
8917 of the link.
8918
8919 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
8920 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
8921
8922 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
8923 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
8924
8925 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
8926 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
8927 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
8928 for DHCP.
8929
8930 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
8931 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
8932 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
8933 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
8934 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
8935 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
8936 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
8937 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
8938
8939 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
8940 validation of unit files.
8941
8942 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
8943 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
8944 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
8945 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
8946 address may now be configured.
8947
8948 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
8949 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
8950 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
8951 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
8952
8953 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
8954 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
8955
8956 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
8957 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
8958 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
8959 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
8960
8961 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
8962 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
8963 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
8964 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
8965 implementation.
8966
8967 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
8968 journal data to a remote system running
8969 systemd-journal-remote.
8970
8971 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
8972 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
8973 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
8974 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
8975 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
8976 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
8977 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
8978 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
8979 version, you have to turn this option on again
8980 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
8981
8982 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
8983 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
8984 better than XZ which was the previous default.
8985
8986 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
8987 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
8988
8989 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
8990 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
8991
8992 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
8993 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
8994 "systemctl status" output for a service.
8995
8996 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
8997 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
8998 hostname, root password) interactively on first
8999 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
9000 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
9001
9002 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
9003
9004 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
9005
9006 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
9007 when primary addresses are removed.
9008
9009 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
9010 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
9011 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
9012 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
9013 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
9014 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
9015 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9016 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
9017 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
9018 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
9019 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
9020 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
9021 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
9022 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
9023 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9024
9025 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
9026
9027 CHANGES WITH 215:
9028
9029 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
9030 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
9031 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
9032 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
9033 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
9034 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
9035 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
9036 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
9037 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
9038 require.
9039
9040 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
9041 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
9042
9043 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
9044 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
9045 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
9046 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
9047 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
9048 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
9049 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
9050
9051 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
9052 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
9053 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
9054 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
9055 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
9056 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
9057 update or reset should use this condition and order
9058 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
9059 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
9060 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
9061 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
9062 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
9063 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
9064 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
9065 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
9066 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
9067
9068 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
9069
9070 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
9071 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
9072 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
9073 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
9074
9075 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
9076 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
9077 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
9078 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
9079 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
9080 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
9081 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
9082 .network files using settings of this section should be
9083 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
9084 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
9085
9086 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
9087 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
9088
9089 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
9090 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
9091 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
9092 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
9093 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
9094 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
9095 of nspawn instances.
9096
9097 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
9098 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
9099 added.
9100
9101 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
9102 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
9103 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
9104 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
9105 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
9106 configuration stored in /etc.
9107
9108 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
9109 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
9110 parsing of unknown mount options.
9111
9112 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
9113 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
9114 it already exist and not already be the correct
9115 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
9116 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
9117 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
9118 pre-existing files of different types.
9119
9120 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
9121 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
9122 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
9123 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
9124 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
9125 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
9126 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
9127
9128 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
9129 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
9130 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
9131 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
9132 shall be executed.
9133
9134 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
9135 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
9136 example whether it is fully up and running.
9137
9138 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
9139 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
9140 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
9141 reset.
9142
9143 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
9144 most basic services systemd ships by default.
9145
9146 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
9147 field for defining the default instance to create if a
9148 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
9149
9150 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
9151 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
9152 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
9153
9154 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
9155 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
9156 access to this group.
9157
9158 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
9159 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
9160 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
9161 to the journal.
9162
9163 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
9164 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
9165 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
9166 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
9167 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
9168 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
9169
9170 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
9171 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
9172 that makes sure to only show information about the most
9173 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
9174 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
9175 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
9176 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
9177 the old name to the new name.
9178
9179 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
9180 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
9181 coredumpctl without restrictions.
9182
9183 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
9184 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
9185 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
9186 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
9187 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
9188 "systemd-debug-generator".
9189
9190 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
9191 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
9192 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
9193 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
9194 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
9195 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
9196 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
9197 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
9198 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
9199 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
9200 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
9201
9202 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
9203 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
9204 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
9205 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
9206 been added to query many of these paths for the local
9207 machine and user.
9208
9209 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
9210 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
9211 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
9212 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
9213 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
9214
9215 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
9216 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
9217 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
9218 couple of drop-in directories.
9219
9220 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
9221 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
9222 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
9223 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
9224 for dev_port.
9225
9226 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
9227 container (read from /etc/os-release and
9228 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
9229 "machinectl status" for a machine.
9230
9231 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
9232 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
9233 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
9234 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
9235 Restart= setting.
9236
9237 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
9238 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
9239 directly connect to a specific container on the
9240 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
9241 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
9242 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
9243 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
9244 containers is a privileged operation.
9245
9246 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
9247 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
9248 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
9249 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
9250 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9251 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
9252 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
9253 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
9254 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
9255 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
9256 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
9257 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9258
9259 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
9260
9261 CHANGES WITH 214:
9262
9263 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
9264 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
9265 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
9266 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
9267 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
9268 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
9269 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
9270 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
9271 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
9272 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
9273 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
9274 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
9275 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
9276 devices are excluded from this logic.
9277
9278 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
9279 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
9280 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
9281 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
9282 change has been released.
9283
9284 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
9285 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
9286 libattr is thus unnecessary.
9287
9288 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
9289 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
9290 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
9291 with fewer privileges.
9292
9293 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
9294 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
9295 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
9296 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
9297
9298 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
9299 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
9300
9301 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
9302 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
9303
9304 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
9305 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
9306 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
9307
9308 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
9309 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
9310 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
9311 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
9312 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
9313 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
9314
9315 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
9316 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
9317 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
9318
9319 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
9320 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
9321 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
9322 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
9323 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
9324 modifications of user data or system files from
9325 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
9326 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
9327
9328 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
9329 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
9330 and FIFOs in the file system.
9331
9332 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
9333 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
9334 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
9335
9336 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
9337 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
9338 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
9339 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
9340 the socket itself.
9341
9342 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
9343 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
9344 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
9345 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
9346 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
9347 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
9348 symlinks, and nothing else.
9349
9350 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
9351 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
9352 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
9353 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
9354 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
9355 process (for example, the parent process). The
9356 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
9357 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
9358 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
9359 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
9360 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
9361 messages to services when the originating process already
9362 vanished.
9363
9364 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
9365 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
9366 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
9367 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
9368 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
9369 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
9370 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
9371 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
9372 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
9373 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
9374 all long-running services.
9375
9376 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
9377 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
9378 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
9379 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
9380 service.
9381
9382 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
9383 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
9384 applied to all submounts, too.
9385
9386 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
9387
9388 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
9389 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
9390 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
9391 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
9392 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
9393 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
9394 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
9395
9396 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
9397 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
9398 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
9399 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
9400 (domU) domains.
9401
9402 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
9403 files or entire directories.
9404
9405 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
9406 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
9407 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
9408 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
9409 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
9410
9411 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
9412 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
9413 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
9414 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
9415 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
9416 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
9417 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
9418 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
9419 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
9420 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
9421 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
9422 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
9423
9424 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
9425 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
9426 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
9427 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
9428
9429 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
9430 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
9431 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
9432 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
9433 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
9434 non-directories.
9435
9436 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
9437 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
9438 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
9439
9440 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
9441 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
9442 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
9443 this group.
9444
9445 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
9446 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
9447 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
9448 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
9449 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9450 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
9451 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9452
9453 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
9454
9455 CHANGES WITH 213:
9456
9457 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
9458 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
9459 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
9460 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
9461 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
9462 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
9463 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
9464 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
9465 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
9466 client should be more than appropriate for most
9467 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
9468 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
9469 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
9470 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
9471 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
9472 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
9473 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
9474 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
9475 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
9476 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
9477 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
9478
9479 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
9480 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
9481 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
9482 part of a different namespace.
9483
9484 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
9485 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
9486 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
9487 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
9488
9489 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
9490 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
9491 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
9492
9493 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
9494 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
9495 when a service fails. This works similarly to
9496 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
9497 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
9498 restart the service in question.
9499
9500 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
9501 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
9502 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
9503 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
9504 details when running non-locally.
9505
9506 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
9507 graphs it generates.
9508
9509 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
9510 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
9511 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
9512 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
9513 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
9514
9515 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
9516
9517 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
9518 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
9519 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
9520 what it was on SysV systems.
9521
9522 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
9523 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
9524
9525 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
9526 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
9527 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
9528
9529 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
9530 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
9531 to show these addresses in its output.
9532
9533 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
9534 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
9535 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
9536 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
9537 preferred over a text one.
9538
9539 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
9540 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
9541 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
9542 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
9543 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
9544 mDNS cache.
9545
9546 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
9547 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
9548 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
9549 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
9550 of network configuration performed in some other way.
9551
9552 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
9553 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
9554 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
9555 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
9556 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
9557
9558 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
9559 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
9560 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
9561 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
9562 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
9563 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
9564 overrides any other settings.
9565
9566 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
9567 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
9568 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
9569 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
9570 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
9571 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
9572 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
9573 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
9574 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9575 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
9576 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
9577 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
9578 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
9579 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
9580 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
9581 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
9582 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9583
9584 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
9585
9586 CHANGES WITH 212:
9587
9588 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
9589 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
9590 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
9591 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
9592 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
9593 by accident.
9594
9595 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
9596 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
9597 registered with machined.
9598
9599 * sd-login gained new calls
9600 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
9601 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
9602 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
9603 counterparts.
9604
9605 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
9606 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
9607 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
9608 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
9609 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
9610 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
9611 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
9612 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
9613 once.
9614
9615 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
9616 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
9617 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
9618
9619 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
9620 units on all local containers, when used with the
9621 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
9622 executed when no parameters are specified).
9623
9624 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
9625 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
9626 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
9627 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
9628
9629 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
9630 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
9631 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
9632 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
9633 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
9634 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
9635
9636 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
9637 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
9638 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
9639 of the container.
9640
9641 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
9642 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
9643 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
9644 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
9645 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
9646 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
9647 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
9648 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
9649
9650 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
9651 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
9652 instead of /.
9653
9654 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
9655 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
9656 emergency messages now.
9657
9658 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
9659 journal log messages across the network.
9660
9661 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
9662 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
9663 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
9664 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
9665 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
9666 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
9667 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
9668
9669 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
9670 down a local OS container.
9671
9672 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
9673 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
9674 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
9675
9676 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
9677 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
9678 this is appropriate.
9679
9680 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
9681 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
9682 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
9683
9684 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
9685 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
9686 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
9687 for debugging purposes.
9688
9689 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
9690 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
9691 in seconds.
9692
9693 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
9694 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
9695 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
9696 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
9697 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
9698 like on traditional inetd.
9699
9700 * A new system.conf configuration option
9701 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
9702 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
9703
9704 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
9705 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
9706 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
9707 do these days).
9708
9709 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
9710 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
9711 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
9712 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
9713 could not take place because the system was powered off.
9714 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
9715
9716 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
9717 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
9718 it will be triggered.
9719
9720 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
9721 addresses to its local interfaces.
9722
9723 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
9724 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
9725 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
9726 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
9727 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
9728 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
9729 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
9730 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
9731 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9732
9733 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
9734
9735 CHANGES WITH 211:
9736
9737 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
9738 added to restrict which socket address families unit
9739 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
9740 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
9741 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
9742 is built on seccomp system call filters.
9743
9744 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
9745 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
9746 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
9747 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
9748 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
9749 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
9750 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
9751 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
9752 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
9753
9754 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
9755 matching against device group names.
9756
9757 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
9758 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
9759 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
9760 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
9761 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
9762 though.
9763
9764 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
9765 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
9766 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
9767 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
9768 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
9769 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
9770 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
9771 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
9772 systems prepared appropriately.
9773
9774 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
9775 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
9776 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
9777 (see above). This means that installations made with
9778 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
9779 deployed using container managers, completely
9780 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
9781 this feature soon, too.)
9782
9783 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
9784 set up a private macvlan interface for the
9785 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
9786 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
9787
9788 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
9789 using IPv4LL.
9790
9791 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
9792 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
9793 systemd-networkd.
9794
9795 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
9796 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
9797 still not a public API though (unless you specify
9798 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
9799 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
9800
9801 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
9802 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
9803 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
9804 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
9805 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
9806 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
9807 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
9808 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
9809 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
9810 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
9811 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
9812 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
9813 users.
9814
9815 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
9816 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
9817 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
9818 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
9819 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
9820 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
9821 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
9822 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
9823 due to a closed lid.
9824
9825 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
9826 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
9827 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
9828 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
9829 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
9830 order to then act as suspend blocker.
9831
9832 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
9833 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
9834 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
9835 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
9836 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
9837
9838 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
9839 now also work in --scope mode.
9840
9841 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
9842 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
9843 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
9844 promises are made.)
9845
9846 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
9847 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
9848 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
9849 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9850 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
9851 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
9852 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
9853 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
9854 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
9855 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9856
9857 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
9858
9859 CHANGES WITH 210:
9860
9861 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
9862 according to SMACK rules.
9863
9864 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
9865 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
9866
9867 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
9868 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
9869 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
9870
9871 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
9872 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
9873 and machine ID.
9874
9875 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
9876 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
9877 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
9878 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
9879 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
9880 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
9881 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
9882 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
9883 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
9884 backpack or similar.
9885
9886 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
9887 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
9888 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
9889 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
9890 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
9891 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
9892 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
9893 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
9894 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
9895 this on its own.
9896
9897 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
9898 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
9899 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
9900 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
9901
9902 * We will now ship a default .network file for
9903 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
9904 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
9905 --network-bridge= switches.
9906
9907 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
9908 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
9909 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
9910 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
9911 metrics, according to what is customary according to
9912 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
9913 each configuration option.
9914
9915 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
9916 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
9917 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
9918 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
9919 at once.
9920
9921 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
9922 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
9923 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
9924 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
9925 triggered by other work being done in the program.
9926
9927 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
9928 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
9929 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
9930 default however.
9931
9932 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
9933 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
9934 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
9935 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
9936 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
9937 them with systemd-networkd.
9938
9939 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
9940 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
9941 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
9942 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
9943 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
9944 is drastically increased, but given that these are
9945 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
9946 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
9947 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
9948 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
9949 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
9950 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
9951 during a transitional period!
9952
9953 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
9954 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
9955
9956 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
9957 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
9958 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
9959 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
9960 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
9961 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
9962 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
9963 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9964
9965 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
9966
9967 CHANGES WITH 209:
9968
9969 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
9970 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
9971 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
9972 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
9973 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
9974 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
9975 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
9976 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
9977 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
9978 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
9979 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
9980 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
9981
9982 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
9983 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
9984 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
9985 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
9986 machines and the like.
9987
9988 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
9989 shutdown/boot.
9990
9991 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
9992 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
9993
9994 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
9995 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
9996 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
9997 prepared for additional security frameworks.
9998
9999 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
10000 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
10001 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
10002 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
10003 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
10004 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
10005
10006 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
10007 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
10008 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
10009 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
10010 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
10011 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
10012 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
10013 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
10014 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
10015
10016 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
10017 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
10018
10019 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
10020 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
10021 implementation.
10022
10023 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
10024 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
10025 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
10026 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
10027 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
10028 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
10029 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
10030 and .service units.
10031
10032 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
10033 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
10034 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
10035
10036 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
10037 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
10038 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
10039 nothing makes use of it.
10040
10041 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
10042 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
10043 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
10044
10045 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
10046 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
10047 compatibility purposes.
10048
10049 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
10050 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
10051 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
10052 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
10053 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
10054 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
10055 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
10056 process handling.
10057
10058 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
10059 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
10060 style to "sd-bus.h".
10061
10062 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
10063 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
10064 "systemd-networkd".
10065
10066 * There is a new kernel command line option
10067 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
10068 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
10069 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
10070 are not restored.
10071
10072 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
10073 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
10074 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
10075 PID1's support for that anymore.
10076
10077 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
10078 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
10079
10080 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
10081 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
10082 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
10083 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
10084 container that is registered with machined, such as those
10085 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
10086
10087 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
10088 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
10089 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
10090 onto remote systems.
10091
10092 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
10093 login in any local container. This works with any container
10094 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
10095 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
10096
10097 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
10098 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
10099 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
10100 system of some kind.
10101
10102 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
10103 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
10104 next.
10105
10106 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
10107 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
10108 reboot() system call.
10109
10110 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
10111 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
10112 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
10113 still available but not advertised anymore.
10114
10115 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
10116 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
10117 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
10118 within each Unit.
10119
10120 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
10121 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
10122 the kernel).
10123
10124 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
10125 timestamps (following the setting in
10126 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
10127
10128 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
10129 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
10130
10131 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
10132 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
10133
10134 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
10135 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
10136 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
10137
10138 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
10139 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
10140 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
10141 the full configuration is shown.
10142
10143 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
10144 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
10145 those commands which take multiple unit names.
10146
10147 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
10148
10149 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
10150 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
10151
10152 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
10153 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
10154 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
10155 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
10156
10157 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
10158 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
10159 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
10160 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
10161
10162 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
10163 of the legend text.
10164
10165 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
10166 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
10167 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
10168 remote sessions.
10169
10170 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
10171 information of SDIO devices.
10172
10173 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
10174 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
10175 the system manager.
10176
10177 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
10178 short description of the connection parameters in the
10179 description.
10180
10181 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
10182 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
10183 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
10184 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
10185 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
10186 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
10187 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
10188
10189 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
10190 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
10191 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
10192 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
10193 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
10194 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
10195 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
10196 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
10197 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
10198
10199 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
10200 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
10201 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
10202 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
10203 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
10204 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
10205 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
10206 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
10207 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
10208 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
10209 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
10210 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
10211 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
10212 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
10213 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
10214 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
10215 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
10216 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
10217 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
10218 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
10219 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
10220 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
10221 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
10222
10223 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
10224 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
10225 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
10226 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
10227 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
10228 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
10229 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
10230 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
10231 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
10232 that you are aware of the instability of the current
10233 APIs.
10234
10235 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
10236 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
10237 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
10238 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
10239 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
10240 declare the APIs stable.
10241
10242 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
10243 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
10244 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
10245 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
10246 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
10247 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
10248 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
10249 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
10250 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
10251 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
10252 one of them is updated.
10253
10254 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
10255 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
10256 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
10257 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
10258 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
10259
10260 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
10261 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
10262 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
10263 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
10264 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
10265 entry points.
10266
10267 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
10268 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
10269 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
10270 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
10271 been disabled at compile-time.
10272
10273 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
10274 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
10275 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
10276 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
10277
10278 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
10279 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
10280 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
10281
10282 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
10283 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
10284 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
10285
10286 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
10287 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
10288 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
10289
10290 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
10291 remains until jobs expire.
10292
10293 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
10294 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
10295 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
10296 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
10297 all remaining processes of the service.
10298
10299 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
10300 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
10301 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
10302 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
10303 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
10304 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
10305 manager process which created them takes no further
10306 responsibilities for it.
10307
10308 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
10309 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
10310 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
10311 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
10312 marked executable or world-writable.
10313
10314 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
10315 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
10316 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
10317 "--setenv=" for consistency.
10318
10319 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
10320 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
10321 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
10322 independent of the host.
10323
10324 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
10325 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
10326 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
10327 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
10328
10329 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
10330 with specific SELinux labels set.
10331
10332 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
10333 any additional output but the container's own console
10334 output.
10335
10336 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
10337 container without PID namespacing enabled.
10338
10339 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
10340 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
10341 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
10342 OS images, but only specific apps.
10343
10344 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
10345 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
10346 results in registration of the unit service itself in
10347 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
10348
10349 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
10350 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
10351 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
10352 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
10353 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
10354 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
10355
10356 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
10357 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
10358 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
10359 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
10360 units to use.
10361
10362 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
10363 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
10364 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
10365 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
10366
10367 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
10368 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
10369 context for a service.
10370
10371 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
10372 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
10373 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
10374 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
10375 influence this logic.
10376
10377 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
10378 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
10379 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
10380 other things.
10381
10382 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
10383 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
10384 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
10385 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
10386 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
10387 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
10388 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
10389 architectures). There is also a global
10390 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
10391 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
10392
10393 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
10394 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
10395
10396 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
10397 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
10398 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
10399 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
10400 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
10401 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
10402 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
10403 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
10404 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
10405 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
10406 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
10407 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
10408 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10409 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
10410 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
10411 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
10412 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
10413 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
10414 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
10415 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
10416 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10417 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
10418 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
10419 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10420
10421 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
10422
10423 CHANGES WITH 208:
10424
10425 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
10426 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
10427 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
10428 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
10429 access input and drm devices which are normally
10430 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
10431 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
10432 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
10433 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
10434 session switching without allowing background sessions to
10435 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
10436 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
10437 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
10438
10439 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
10440 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
10441 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
10442
10443 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
10444 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
10445 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
10446 kernel version number.
10447
10448 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
10449 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
10450 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
10451
10452 * This release removes high-level support for the
10453 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
10454 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
10455 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
10456 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
10457
10458 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
10459 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
10460 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
10461 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
10462 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
10463 cgroup system.
10464
10465 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
10466 messages containing the slice a message was generated
10467 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
10468 logs among other things.
10469
10470 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
10471 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
10472 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
10473 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
10474 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
10475 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
10476 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
10477 journald which would be necessary to resolve
10478 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
10479 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
10480 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
10481 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
10482 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
10483 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
10484 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
10485 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
10486 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
10487 not delayed until next reboot.
10488
10489 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
10490 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
10491 systemd generated files in one directory.
10492
10493 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
10494 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
10495 performance information if that's available to determine how
10496 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
10497 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
10498 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
10499
10500 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
10501 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
10502 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
10503 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10504 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
10505 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
10506 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10507
10508 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
10509
10510 CHANGES WITH 207:
10511
10512 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
10513 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
10514 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
10515 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
10516
10517 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
10518 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
10519 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
10520 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
10521 specified on the kernel command line less important.
10522
10523 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
10524 retrieve the VT number of a session.
10525
10526 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
10527 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
10528 maximum number of tries.
10529
10530 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
10531 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
10532 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
10533
10534 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
10535 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
10536
10537 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
10538 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
10539 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
10540
10541 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
10542 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
10543 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
10544
10545 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
10546 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
10547 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
10548 and type).
10549
10550 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
10551 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
10552
10553 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
10554 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
10555 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
10556 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
10557
10558 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
10559 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
10560 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
10561 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
10562 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
10563 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
10564 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
10565 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
10566
10567 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
10568 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
10569 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
10570 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
10571
10572 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
10573 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
10574 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
10575 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
10576 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
10577 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
10578 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
10579
10580 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
10581 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
10582
10583 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
10584 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
10585 automatically after the process terminated.
10586
10587 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
10588 certain paths from operation.
10589
10590 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
10591 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
10592 is received.
10593
10594 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
10595 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
10596 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
10597 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
10598 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
10599 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
10600 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
10601 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
10602 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
10603 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
10604 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
10605 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
10606 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10607
10608 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
10609
10610 CHANGES WITH 206:
10611
10612 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
10613 concepts introduced with 205.
10614
10615 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
10616 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
10617 -r".
10618
10619 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
10620 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
10621 --state= parameter.
10622
10623 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
10624 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
10625 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
10626 the journal.
10627
10628 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
10629 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
10630 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
10631
10632 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
10633 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
10634 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
10635 browsing logs from that point on.
10636
10637 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
10638 of an FSS key.
10639
10640 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
10641 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
10642 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
10643 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
10644 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
10645 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
10646 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
10647 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
10648 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
10649 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
10650 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
10651 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
10652 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
10653 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
10654
10655 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
10656 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
10657 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
10658 backing module right-away.
10659
10660 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
10661 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
10662
10663 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
10664 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
10665
10666 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
10667 set of processes in the message metadata.
10668
10669 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
10670
10671 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
10672 support for passing performance data via environment
10673 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
10674 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
10675 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
10676 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
10677 deserialize it again.
10678
10679 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
10680 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
10681 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
10682 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
10683
10684 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
10685 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
10686 completely silent shutdown when used.
10687
10688 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
10689 option in .socket units.
10690
10691 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
10692 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
10693 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
10694 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
10695 system.slice as before.
10696
10697 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
10698
10699 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
10700 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
10701 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10702 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
10703 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
10704 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
10705 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10706
10707 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
10708
10709 CHANGES WITH 205:
10710
10711 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
10712
10713 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
10714 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
10715 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
10716 possible for system services and applications to group their
10717 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
10718 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
10719 together, or apply resource limits on them.
10720
10721 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
10722 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
10723 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
10724 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
10725 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
10726
10727 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
10728 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
10729 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
10730 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
10731
10732 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
10733 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
10734 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
10735 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
10736 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
10737 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
10738 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
10739 and useful as a general batch manager.
10740
10741 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
10742 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
10743 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
10744 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
10745 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
10746 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
10747 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
10748 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
10749 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
10750 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
10751
10752 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
10753 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
10754 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
10755 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
10756 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
10757 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
10758 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
10759 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
10760 is compile-time optional.
10761
10762 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
10763 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
10764 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
10765 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
10766 well as slice units.
10767
10768 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
10769 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
10770 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
10771 but will be extended later on to make more properties
10772 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
10773 command that wraps this call.
10774
10775 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
10776 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
10777 while configuring a number of settings via the command
10778 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
10779 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
10780 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
10781 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
10782
10783 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
10784 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
10785 off audit.
10786
10787 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
10788 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
10789
10790 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
10791 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
10792 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
10793 and system logs.
10794
10795 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
10796 snippets extending unit files.
10797
10798 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
10799 not available as public API.
10800
10801 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
10802 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
10803 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
10804
10805 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
10806 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
10807 controls what to boot into by default.
10808
10809 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
10810 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
10811
10812 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
10813 generators needed for execution, as well as information
10814 about the unit file loading.
10815
10816 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
10817 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
10818 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
10819 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
10820 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
10821 racy due to journal file rotation.
10822
10823 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
10824 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
10825 all services.
10826
10827 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
10828 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
10829 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
10830 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
10831 system services want to log events about specific client
10832 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
10833 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
10834 unit is requested.
10835
10836 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
10837 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
10838 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
10839 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
10840 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
10841 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10842 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
10843 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
10844 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
10845 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
10846 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
10847 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
10848 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
10849
10850 CHANGES WITH 204:
10851
10852 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
10853 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
10854
10855 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
10856 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
10857 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
10858
10859 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
10860 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10861
10862 CHANGES WITH 203:
10863
10864 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
10865 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
10866
10867 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
10868 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
10869 fields, including the root directory.
10870
10871 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
10872 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
10873 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
10874 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
10875 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
10876 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
10877 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
10878 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
10879 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
10880 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
10881 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
10882
10883 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
10884 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
10885
10886 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
10887 have taken an inhibitor lock.
10888
10889 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
10890 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
10891 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
10892 the local hostname.
10893
10894 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
10895 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
10896 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
10897 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
10898 VMs/containers coming and going.
10899
10900 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
10901 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
10902 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
10903
10904 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
10905 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
10906 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
10907 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
10908
10909 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
10910 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
10911 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
10912
10913 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
10914 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
10915 services. With the container's root directory in
10916 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
10917 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
10918
10919 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
10920 the processes within a certain container.
10921
10922 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
10923 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
10924 check though. Patches welcome!
10925
10926 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
10927 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
10928 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
10929 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
10930 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
10931
10932 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
10933 the passed argument if applicable.
10934
10935 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
10936 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
10937 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
10938 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
10939 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
10940 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
10941 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10942 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10943
10944 CHANGES WITH 202:
10945
10946 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
10947 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
10948 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
10949 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
10950 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
10951 units activate.
10952
10953 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
10954 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
10955 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
10956 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
10957 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
10958 for now, and not installable.
10959
10960 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
10961 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
10962 can run in conjunction with udev.
10963
10964 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
10965 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
10966 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
10967 session manager.
10968
10969 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
10970 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
10971 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
10972 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
10973 services, user processes and containers/virtual
10974 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
10975 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
10976 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
10977 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
10978 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
10979 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
10980
10981 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
10982
10983 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
10984 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
10985 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
10986 logical expressions.
10987
10988 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
10989 switches.
10990
10991 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
10992 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
10993 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
10994 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
10995 the user.
10996
10997 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
10998 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
10999 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
11000 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
11001 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
11002 an entry.
11003
11004 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
11005 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11006 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
11007 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11008 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
11009 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11010
11011 CHANGES WITH 201:
11012
11013 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
11014 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
11015 directory.
11016
11017 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
11018 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
11019 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
11020 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
11021 problem.
11022
11023 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
11024 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
11025 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
11026 before the key file is attempted to be read.
11027
11028 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
11029 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
11030
11031 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
11032 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
11033 files in this context are files such as
11034 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
11035
11036 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
11037 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
11038 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
11039 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
11040 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
11041 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
11042
11043 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
11044 hostnames.
11045
11046 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
11047 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
11048 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
11049 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
11050 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
11051 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
11052 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
11053 all time-related output of systemd.
11054
11055 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
11056 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
11057 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
11058 loops.
11059
11060 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
11061 (models, layouts, variants, options).
11062
11063 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
11064 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
11065 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
11066 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
11067 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
11068
11069 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
11070 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
11071 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
11072 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
11073 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
11074 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
11075 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
11076
11077 CHANGES WITH 200:
11078
11079 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
11080 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
11081 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
11082 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
11083 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
11084 middle ground between physical and access time order.
11085
11086 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
11087 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
11088 images.
11089
11090 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
11091 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
11092 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11093
11094 CHANGES WITH 199:
11095
11096 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
11097
11098 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
11099 security policy.
11100
11101 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
11102 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
11103 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
11104 shared by all processes of a service (which means
11105 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
11106 the same service can still access). When a service is
11107 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
11108 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
11109 this though).
11110
11111 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
11112 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
11113 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
11114 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
11115 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
11116 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
11117
11118 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
11119 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
11120
11121 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
11122 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
11123
11124 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
11125
11126 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
11127 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
11128 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
11129 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
11130 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
11131
11132 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
11133 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
11134 system is to be mounted.
11135
11136 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
11137 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
11138 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
11139 purpose for socket units.
11140
11141 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
11142 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
11143
11144 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
11145 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
11146 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
11147 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
11148 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
11149
11150 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
11151 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
11152 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
11153 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11154 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
11155 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
11156 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11157 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
11158 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11159
11160 CHANGES WITH 198:
11161
11162 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
11163 files without having to edit/override the unit files
11164 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
11165 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
11166 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
11167 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
11168 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
11169 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
11170 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
11171 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
11172 unit files locally: copying the files from
11173 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
11174 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
11175 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
11176 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
11177 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
11178 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
11179 for them too.
11180
11181 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
11182 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
11183 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
11184 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
11185 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
11186 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
11187 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
11188 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
11189 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
11190
11191 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
11192 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
11193
11194 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
11195 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
11196 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
11197 other users.
11198
11199 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
11200 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
11201 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
11202 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
11203 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
11204 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
11205 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
11206 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
11207 management logic is also available to other programs via the
11208 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
11209 supported.
11210
11211 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
11212 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
11213 the foreground VT.
11214
11215 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
11216 call.
11217
11218 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
11219 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
11220 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
11221 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
11222 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
11223 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
11224 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
11225 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
11226 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
11227 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
11228 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
11229 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
11230 also been removed.
11231
11232 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
11233 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
11234 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
11235 objects themselves.
11236
11237 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
11238
11239 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
11240 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
11241 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
11242 to how this is supported in shells.
11243
11244 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
11245 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
11246 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
11247 user systemd instance.
11248
11249 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
11250 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
11251 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
11252 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
11253 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
11254 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
11255 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
11256 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
11257 one day for good in the kernel.
11258
11259 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
11260 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
11261 container.
11262
11263 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
11264 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
11265 the host into the container.
11266
11267 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
11268 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
11269 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
11270 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
11271 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
11272 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
11273
11274 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
11275
11276 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
11277 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
11278 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
11279 configured to be mounted there.
11280
11281 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
11282 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
11283 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
11284 system resume events.
11285
11286 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
11287 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
11288 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
11289 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
11290
11291 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
11292 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
11293 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
11294 card).
11295
11296 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
11297 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
11298 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
11299
11300 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
11301 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
11302 later "change" event.
11303
11304 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
11305 now carry a message ID.
11306
11307 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
11308 continues to be work in progress.
11309
11310 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
11311 root directory to operate relative to.
11312
11313 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
11314 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
11315 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
11316 times a little.
11317
11318 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
11319 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
11320 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
11321 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
11322 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
11323 request boot into firmware operations.
11324
11325 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
11326 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
11327 correctly in initrds.
11328
11329 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
11330 compile time optional via a configure switch.
11331
11332 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
11333 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
11334
11335 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
11336 the status of all active or failed units.
11337
11338 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
11339 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
11340 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
11341 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
11342 requests more robust.
11343
11344 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
11345 reading journal files.
11346
11347 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
11348 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
11349
11350 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
11351
11352 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
11353 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
11354
11355 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
11356 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
11357 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
11358 socket activation in daemons.
11359
11360 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
11361 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
11362
11363 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
11364 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
11365 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
11366
11367 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
11368 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
11369 system units.
11370
11371 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
11372 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
11373 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
11374
11375 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
11376 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
11377 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
11378 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
11379 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
11380 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
11381 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
11382 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
11383 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
11384 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
11385 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
11386 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
11387 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
11388 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
11389 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
11390 package installation time.
11391
11392 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
11393 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
11394 scripts need to create these system user/group at
11395 installation time.
11396
11397 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
11398 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
11399
11400 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
11401
11402 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
11403 available.
11404
11405 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
11406 load SMACK policies at early boot.
11407
11408 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
11409 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
11410 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
11411 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
11412 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11413 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
11414 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
11415 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
11416 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
11417 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
11418 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
11419 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
11420 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
11421 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
11422
11423 CHANGES WITH 197:
11424
11425 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
11426 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
11427 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
11428 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
11429 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
11430 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
11431 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
11432 the supported calendar time specification language see
11433 systemd.time(7).
11434
11435 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
11436 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
11437 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
11438 document for details:
11439
11440 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
11441
11442 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
11443 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
11444 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
11445 implementations around and minimal in its code and
11446 dependencies.
11447
11448 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
11449 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
11450 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
11451 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
11452 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
11453 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
11454 with a configure switch.
11455
11456 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
11457 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
11458 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
11459 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
11460 such as ext4.
11461
11462 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
11463 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
11464 identities are attached to the devices as well.
11465
11466 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
11467 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
11468
11469 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
11470 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
11471 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
11472 using only core OS tools.
11473
11474 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
11475 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
11476 implementation of socket activated nspawn
11477 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
11478 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
11479 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
11480 eventually.
11481
11482 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
11483 presenting log data.
11484
11485 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
11486 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
11487
11488 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
11489 system on idle.
11490
11491 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
11492 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
11493 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
11494 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
11495 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
11496 information if possible.
11497
11498 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
11499 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
11500 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
11501
11502 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
11503 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
11504 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
11505 is running on battery power.
11506
11507 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
11508 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
11509 is in the "failed" state.
11510
11511 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
11512 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
11513 environment files at once.
11514
11515 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
11516 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
11517 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
11518 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
11519 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
11520 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
11521 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
11522 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
11523 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
11524 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
11525 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
11526 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
11527 pieces of code locally from the git history.
11528
11529 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
11530 log the unit name in the message meta data.
11531
11532 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
11533 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
11534
11535 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
11536 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
11537 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
11538 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
11539 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
11540 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
11541 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
11542 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
11543 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
11544 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
11545 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
11546 shipped from us upstream.
11547
11548 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
11549 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
11550 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
11551 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
11552 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11553 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
11554 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
11555 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
11556 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
11557 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
11558 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
11559 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
11560 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11561
11562 CHANGES WITH 196:
11563
11564 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
11565 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
11566 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
11567 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
11568 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
11569 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
11570 becoming the one central database for non-essential
11571 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
11572 database was only attached to select devices, since the
11573 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
11574 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
11575 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
11576 data for all devices where this is available, by
11577 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
11578 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
11579 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
11580 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
11581 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
11582 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
11583
11584 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
11585 indexed database to link up additional information with
11586 journal entries. For further details please check:
11587
11588 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
11589
11590 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
11591 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
11592 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
11593 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
11594 macro for this purpose.
11595
11596 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
11597 Python logging framework.
11598
11599 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
11600 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
11601 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
11602 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
11603 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
11604 time intervals.
11605
11606 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
11607 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
11608 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
11609
11610 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
11611 right-away on the selected coredump.
11612
11613 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
11614 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
11615 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
11616
11617 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
11618 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
11619 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
11620 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
11621
11622 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
11623 default.
11624
11625 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
11626 SMACK security label.
11627
11628 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
11629 daylight saving change.
11630
11631 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
11632 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
11633 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
11634 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
11635 distributions who still need support this to either continue
11636 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
11637 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
11638
11639 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
11640 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
11641 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
11642 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
11643 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
11644 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
11645 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
11646
11647 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
11648 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
11649
11650 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
11651 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
11652 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
11653 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
11654 offline updating tools.
11655
11656 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
11657 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
11658 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
11659 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
11660 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
11661 directories for packages to place various data files in.
11662
11663 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
11664 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
11665
11666 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
11667 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
11668 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
11669 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11670 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
11671 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
11672 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
11673 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
11674 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11675
11676 CHANGES WITH 195:
11677
11678 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
11679 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
11680 units via --unit=/-u.
11681
11682 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
11683 right thing.
11684
11685 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
11686 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
11687 rotation.
11688
11689 * The journal will now index the available field values for
11690 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
11691 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
11692 completion of journalctl has been updated
11693 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
11694 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
11695
11696 * More service events are now written as structured messages
11697 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
11698
11699 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
11700 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
11701 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
11702 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
11703 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
11704 these settings from the command line now, especially since
11705 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
11706 completion.
11707
11708 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
11709 extract coredumps from the journal.
11710
11711 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
11712 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
11713 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
11714 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
11715 scratch their heads.
11716
11717 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
11718 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
11719
11720 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
11721 in immediate termination of systemd.
11722
11723 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
11724 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
11725
11726 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
11727 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
11728 mouse screen support has been added.
11729
11730 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
11731 Server-Sent-Events as output.
11732
11733 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
11734 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
11735 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
11736 "systemctl reload".
11737
11738 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
11739 -u" instead.
11740
11741 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
11742 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
11743 configured.
11744
11745 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
11746 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
11747
11748 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
11749 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
11750 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
11751 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
11752 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
11753 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
11754 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
11755
11756 CHANGES WITH 194:
11757
11758 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
11759 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
11760 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
11761 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
11762 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
11763 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
11764 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
11765 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
11766 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
11767 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
11768 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
11769 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
11770
11771 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
11772 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
11773 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11774
11775 CHANGES WITH 193:
11776
11777 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
11778 starting from the specified location in the journal.
11779
11780 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
11781 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
11782 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
11783
11784 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
11785 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
11786 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
11787 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
11788 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
11789 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
11790 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
11791
11792 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
11793 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
11794
11795 This will download the journal contents in a
11796 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
11797
11798 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
11799
11800 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
11801 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
11802 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
11803 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
11804 screenshot of this app in its current state:
11805
11806 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
11807
11808 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
11809 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
11810
11811 CHANGES WITH 192:
11812
11813 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
11814 too.
11815
11816 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
11817 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
11818 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
11819 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
11820 just start them.
11821
11822 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
11823 and line break accordingly.
11824
11825 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11826 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
11827
11828 CHANGES WITH 191:
11829
11830 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
11831 container environment, copying the host's timezone
11832 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
11833 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
11834 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
11835
11836 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
11837 will default to 10 if omitted.
11838
11839 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
11840 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
11841 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
11842 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
11843 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
11844
11845 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
11846 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
11847 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
11848 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
11849 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
11850 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
11851 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
11852
11853 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
11854 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
11855 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
11856 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
11857 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
11858 into two.
11859
11860 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
11861 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
11862
11863 CHANGES WITH 190:
11864
11865 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
11866 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
11867 "systemctl status".
11868
11869 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
11870 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
11871 system to another place in the same file system could not be
11872 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
11873 field.)
11874
11875 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
11876 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
11877 default.
11878
11879 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
11880 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
11881 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
11882 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
11883 in a container.
11884
11885 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
11886 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
11887 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
11888 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
11889 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
11890 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
11891
11892 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
11893 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
11894 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
11895 no-op.
11896
11897 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
11898 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
11899 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
11900 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
11901 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
11902
11903 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
11904 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
11905
11906 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
11907 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
11908 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
11909 command.
11910
11911 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
11912 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
11913 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
11914
11915 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
11916
11917 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
11918 multiple files at once.
11919
11920 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
11921 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
11922 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
11923 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
11924 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
11925 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
11926 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
11927
11928 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
11929 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
11930 now support specifiers as well.
11931
11932 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
11933 dir: %_presetdir.
11934
11935 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
11936 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
11937
11938 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
11939 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
11940 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
11941 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
11942 anymore.
11943
11944 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
11945 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
11946 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
11947 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
11948
11949 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
11950 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
11951 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
11952
11953 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
11954 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
11955 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
11956 sockets.
11957
11958 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
11959 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
11960 is changed.
11961
11962 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
11963 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
11964 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
11965 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
11966 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
11967 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
11968 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
11969
11970 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
11971
11972 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
11973 the unit file label and client process label into account.
11974
11975 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
11976 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
11977
11978 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
11979 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
11980 (%b).
11981
11982 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
11983 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
11984 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11985 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11986 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
11987 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
11988 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11989
11990 CHANGES WITH 189:
11991
11992 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
11993 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
11994
11995 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
11996 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
11997 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
11998 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
11999 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
12000 syslog daemons again.
12001
12002 * The libudev API gained the new
12003 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
12004
12005 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
12006 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
12007 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
12008 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
12009
12010 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
12011 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
12012 container.
12013
12014 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
12015 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
12016 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
12017 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
12018 this explaining it in more detail.
12019
12020 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
12021 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
12022 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
12023 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
12024
12025 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
12026 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
12027 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
12028 journal files.
12029
12030 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
12031 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
12032 as container init process a lot more fun.
12033
12034 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
12035 entries.
12036
12037 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
12038 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
12039 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
12040 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
12041 different sets of services.
12042
12043 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
12044 failure state.
12045
12046 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
12047 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
12048 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12049
12050 CHANGES WITH 188:
12051
12052 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
12053 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
12054 tree a lot more organized.
12055
12056 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
12057 may be used to group services in a natural way.
12058
12059 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
12060 services.
12061
12062 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
12063 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
12064 filtering by log level now.
12065
12066 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
12067 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
12068 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
12069
12070 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
12071 command lines involving service unit names.
12072
12073 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
12074 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
12075
12076 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
12077 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
12078 and encodes structured information about the error number.
12079
12080 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
12081 option.
12082
12083 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
12084 a shutdown is cancelled.
12085
12086 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
12087 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
12088 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
12089 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
12090 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
12091
12092 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
12093 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
12094 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
12095 for display managers instead.
12096
12097 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
12098 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
12099 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
12100 protection, and suchlike.
12101
12102 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
12103 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
12104 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
12105 the service.
12106
12107 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
12108 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
12109 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
12110 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
12111 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
12112 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12113
12114 CHANGES WITH 187:
12115
12116 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
12117 pages.
12118
12119 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
12120 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
12121 data loss.
12122
12123 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
12124 option.
12125
12126 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
12127
12128 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
12129 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
12130
12131 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
12132 specific directory.
12133
12134 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
12135 messages of two different boots.
12136
12137 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
12138 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
12139 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
12140
12141 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
12142 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
12143 disjunctions.
12144
12145 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
12146 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
12147 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
12148
12149 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
12150 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
12151 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
12152
12153 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
12154 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
12155 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
12156 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
12157 speed things up a bit.
12158
12159 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
12160 header data of journal files.
12161
12162 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
12163 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
12164 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
12165
12166 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
12167 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
12168 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
12169 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
12170
12171 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
12172
12173 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
12174 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
12175 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
12176 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12177
12178 CHANGES WITH 186:
12179
12180 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
12181 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
12182 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
12183 prefixed with rd.
12184
12185 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
12186 automatically generated at boot. Use:
12187
12188 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
12189
12190 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
12191
12192 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
12193
12194 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
12195 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
12196 as well.
12197
12198 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
12199 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
12200 in all appropriate directories automatically.
12201
12202 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
12203 does the right thing. Example:
12204
12205 udevadm info /dev/sda
12206 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
12207
12208 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
12209 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
12210 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
12211 running.
12212
12213 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
12214 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
12215
12216 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
12217 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
12218
12219 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
12220 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
12221 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
12222 files.
12223
12224 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
12225 be stopped that is not loaded.
12226
12227 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
12228
12229 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
12230
12231 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
12232 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
12233 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
12234 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
12235
12236 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
12237 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
12238 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
12239 completed initialization.
12240
12241 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
12242
12243 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
12244 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
12245 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
12246 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
12247 distributions.
12248
12249 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
12250 always valid when services log to the journal via
12251 STDOUT/STDERR.
12252
12253 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
12254 command line options we understand.
12255
12256 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
12257 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
12258
12259 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
12260 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
12261
12262 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
12263 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
12264 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
12265 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
12266
12267 systemctl status /home
12268 systemctl status /dev/sda
12269
12270 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
12271 system.conf parsing.
12272
12273 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
12274 Manager object.
12275
12276 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
12277
12278 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
12279
12280 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
12281 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
12282 complete.
12283
12284 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
12285 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
12286 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
12287 systemd-fsck@.service.
12288
12289 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
12290 Manager object.
12291
12292 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
12293 work sensibly.
12294
12295 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
12296 we actually understand.
12297
12298 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
12299 additional capabilities to the container.
12300
12301 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
12302 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
12303 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
12304
12305 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
12306 the current boot only.
12307
12308 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
12309 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
12310
12311 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
12312 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
12313 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
12314 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
12315 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
12316
12317 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
12318
12319 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
12320 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12321 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
12322 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
12323
12324 CHANGES WITH 185:
12325
12326 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
12327 available.
12328
12329 * Several new man pages have been added.
12330
12331 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
12332 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
12333 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
12334 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
12335
12336 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
12337 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
12338
12339 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
12340 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
12341 Matthias Clasen
12342
12343 CHANGES WITH 184:
12344
12345 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
12346 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
12347
12348 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
12349 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
12350 daemon.
12351
12352 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
12353 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
12354
12355 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
12356 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
12357 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
12358 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
12359
12360 CHANGES WITH 183:
12361
12362 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
12363 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
12364 and systemd's most recent version number.
12365
12366 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
12367 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
12368 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
12369 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
12370 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
12371 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
12372
12373 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
12374 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
12375 subsystems.
12376
12377 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
12378 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
12379 used to subscribe to events.
12380
12381 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
12382 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
12383 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
12384 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
12385 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
12386 forked by udev rules.
12387
12388 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
12389 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
12390 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
12391 it.
12392
12393 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
12394 udev_monitor_from_socket()
12395 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
12396 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
12397 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
12398
12399 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
12400 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
12401
12402 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
12403 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
12404 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
12405 the files to the new names on upgrade.
12406
12407 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
12408 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
12409 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
12410 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
12411 to be used as drop-in files.
12412
12413 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
12414 particular suspending and hibernating.
12415
12416 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
12417 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
12418 about this in more detail.
12419
12420 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
12421 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
12422 places). Distributions which have not converted these
12423 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
12424 from git history and add them downstream.
12425
12426 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
12427 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
12428 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
12429 units.
12430
12431 * All smaller setup units (such as
12432 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
12433 are run in a container and are skipped when
12434 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
12435 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
12436
12437 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
12438 integrated, for details see:
12439 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
12440
12441 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
12442 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
12443 messages.
12444
12445 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
12446 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
12447 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
12448 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
12449 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
12450
12451 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
12452 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
12453 for all units started by PID 1.
12454
12455 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
12456 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
12457 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
12458
12459 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
12460 of PID 1 anymore.
12461
12462 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
12463 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
12464 have not been read by systemd yet.
12465
12466 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
12467 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
12468 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
12469 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
12470 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
12471 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
12472
12473 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
12474 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
12475
12476 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
12477
12478 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
12479 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
12480 so sexy.
12481
12482 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
12483 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
12484 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
12485 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
12486 patterns.
12487
12488 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
12489 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
12490 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
12491 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
12492
12493 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
12494 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
12495
12496 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
12497 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
12498 in systemd now.
12499
12500 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
12501 ID on the command line.
12502
12503 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
12504 for an init system.
12505
12506 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
12507 vt100.
12508
12509 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
12510
12511 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
12512 components now have directories of their own.
12513
12514 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
12515
12516 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
12517 container in other hierarchies.
12518
12519 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
12520 system.conf.
12521
12522 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
12523
12524 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
12525 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
12526
12527 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
12528 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
12529
12530 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
12531 locally generated journal files.
12532
12533 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
12534
12535 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
12536
12537 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
12538 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
12539 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
12540 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
12541 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
12542 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
12543 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
12544 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
12545 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
12546 Gundersen
12547
12548 CHANGES WITH 44:
12549
12550 * This is mostly a bugfix release
12551
12552 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
12553 KVM or container configured UUID.
12554
12555 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
12556
12557 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
12558
12559 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
12560 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
12561
12562 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
12563
12564 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
12565 folks
12566
12567 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
12568 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
12569 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
12570
12571 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
12572 configuration
12573
12574 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
12575 free fashion
12576
12577 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
12578 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
12579 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
12580 automatically generated data.
12581
12582 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
12583 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
12584 however.
12585
12586 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
12587 tarball.
12588
12589 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
12590 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
12591 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
12592 Reding
12593
12594 CHANGES WITH 43:
12595
12596 * This is mostly a bugfix release
12597
12598 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
12599
12600 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
12601
12602 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
12603 normal user logins.
12604
12605 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
12606 Biebl
12607
12608 CHANGES WITH 42:
12609
12610 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
12611
12612 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
12613 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
12614 xsltproc.
12615
12616 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
12617 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
12618 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
12619
12620 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
12621 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
12622 reboot can automatically be triggered.
12623
12624 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
12625
12626 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
12627 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
12628 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
12629
12630 CHANGES WITH 41:
12631
12632 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
12633 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
12634 package update.
12635
12636 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
12637 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
12638 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
12639
12640 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
12641 complete.
12642
12643 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
12644 understood to set system wide environment variables
12645 dynamically at boot.
12646
12647 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
12648
12649 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
12650 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
12651 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
12652 files.
12653
12654 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12655 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
12656 William Douglas
12657
12658 CHANGES WITH 40:
12659
12660 * This is mostly a bugfix release
12661
12662 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
12663 "Result" D-Bus property.
12664
12665 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
12666 the next few releases.)
12667
12668 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
12669 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
12670 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
12671 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
12672
12673 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
12674 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
12675 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
12676
12677 CHANGES WITH 39:
12678
12679 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
12680 bugfixes.
12681
12682 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
12683 resource usage.
12684
12685 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
12686 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
12687 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
12688 journals by the respective users.
12689
12690 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
12691 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
12692 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
12693
12694 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
12695 client for all entries.
12696
12697 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
12698
12699 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
12700 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
12701
12702 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
12703 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
12704 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
12705 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
12706
12707 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
12708 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
12709 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
12710
12711 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
12712 journal along with meta data.
12713
12714 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
12715 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
12716 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
12717
12718 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
12719 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
12720 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
12721
12722 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
12723
12724 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
12725 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
12726 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
12727 or fsck.
12728
12729 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
12730 requested with new -k switch.
12731
12732 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12733 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
12734
12735 CHANGES WITH 38:
12736
12737 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
12738 bugfixes.
12739
12740 * The git repository moved to:
12741 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
12742 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
12743
12744 * First release with the journal
12745 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
12746
12747 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
12748 systemd-stdout-bridge.
12749
12750 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
12751
12752 * Many systemadm clean-ups
12753
12754 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
12755 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
12756 remote mounts.
12757
12758 * Added Mageia support
12759
12760 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
12761
12762 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
12763 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
12764 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
12765 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
12766 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
12767
12768 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
12769 of existing distributions.
12770
12771 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
12772 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
12773
12774 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
12775 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
12776 boot.
12777
12778 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
12779
12780 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
12781 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
12782 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
12783 among other things.
12784
12785 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
12786 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
12787
12788 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
12789
12790 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
12791 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
12792 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
12793
12794 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
12795 restored.
12796
12797 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
12798 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
12799 kmod
12800
12801 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
12802 of /usr/local by default.
12803
12804 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
12805 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
12806 in:
12807 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
12808
12809 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
12810 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
12811 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
12812 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
12813 supported anyway, and bad style).
12814
12815 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
12816 reloading of units together.
12817
12818 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
12819 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
12820 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
12821 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
12822 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek